1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 14 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 15 #include <linux/list.h> 16 #include <linux/bug.h> 17 #include <linux/netlink.h> 18 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 19 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 20 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 22 #include <linux/net.h> 23 #include <net/regulatory.h> 24 25 /** 26 * DOC: Introduction 27 * 28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 34 * 35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 36 * use restrictions. 37 */ 38 39 40 /** 41 * DOC: Device registration 42 * 43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 45 * described below. 46 * 47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 56 * 57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 60 */ 61 62 struct wiphy; 63 64 /* 65 * wireless hardware capability structures 66 */ 67 68 /** 69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 70 * 71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 72 * 73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 75 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 78 * is not permitted. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 80 * is not permitted. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 86 * restrictions. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 95 * on this channel. 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 97 * on this channel. 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 99 * 100 */ 101 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 102 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 103 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 104 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 114 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 116 }; 117 118 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 119 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 120 121 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 123 124 /** 125 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 126 * 127 * This structure describes a single channel for use 128 * with cfg80211. 129 * 130 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 131 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 132 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 133 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 134 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 135 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 136 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 137 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 138 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 139 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 140 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 141 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 142 * @orig_mag: internal use 143 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 144 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 145 * on this channel. 146 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 147 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 148 */ 149 struct ieee80211_channel { 150 enum nl80211_band band; 151 u32 center_freq; 152 u16 hw_value; 153 u32 flags; 154 int max_antenna_gain; 155 int max_power; 156 int max_reg_power; 157 bool beacon_found; 158 u32 orig_flags; 159 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 160 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 161 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 162 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 163 }; 164 165 /** 166 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 167 * 168 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 169 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 170 * different bands/PHY modes. 171 * 172 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 173 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 174 * with CCK rates. 175 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 176 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 177 * core code when registering the wiphy. 178 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 179 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 180 * core code when registering the wiphy. 181 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 182 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 183 * core code when registering the wiphy. 184 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 185 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 187 */ 188 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 189 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 190 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 194 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 195 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 196 }; 197 198 /** 199 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 200 * 201 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 206 */ 207 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 208 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 213 }; 214 215 /** 216 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 217 * 218 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 219 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 221 */ 222 enum ieee80211_privacy { 223 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 224 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 226 }; 227 228 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 229 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 230 231 /** 232 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 233 * 234 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 235 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 236 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 237 * passed around. 238 * 239 * @flags: rate-specific flags 240 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 241 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 242 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 243 * short preamble is used 244 */ 245 struct ieee80211_rate { 246 u32 flags; 247 u16 bitrate; 248 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 249 }; 250 251 /** 252 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 253 * 254 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 255 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 256 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 257 */ 258 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 259 bool enable; 260 u8 min_offset; 261 u8 max_offset; 262 }; 263 264 /** 265 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 266 * 267 * @color: the current color. 268 * @disabled: is the feature disabled. 269 * @partial: define the AID equation. 270 */ 271 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 272 u8 color; 273 bool disabled; 274 bool partial; 275 }; 276 277 /** 278 * struct ieee80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 279 * 280 * @color: the current color. 281 * @disabled: is the feature disabled. 282 * @partial: define the AID equation. 283 */ 284 struct ieee80211_he_bss_color { 285 u8 color; 286 bool disabled; 287 bool partial; 288 }; 289 290 /** 291 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 292 * 293 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 294 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 295 * 296 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 297 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 298 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 299 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 300 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 301 */ 302 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 303 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 304 bool ht_supported; 305 u8 ampdu_factor; 306 u8 ampdu_density; 307 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 308 }; 309 310 /** 311 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 312 * 313 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 314 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 315 * 316 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 317 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 318 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 319 */ 320 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 321 bool vht_supported; 322 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 323 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 324 }; 325 326 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 327 328 /** 329 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 330 * 331 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 332 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 333 * 334 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 335 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 336 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 337 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 338 */ 339 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 340 bool has_he; 341 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 342 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 343 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 344 }; 345 346 /** 347 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 348 * 349 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 350 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 351 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 352 * 353 * @types_mask: interface types mask 354 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 355 */ 356 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 357 u16 types_mask; 358 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 359 }; 360 361 /** 362 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 363 * 364 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 365 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 366 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 367 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 368 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 369 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 370 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 371 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 372 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 373 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 374 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 375 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 376 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 377 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 378 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 379 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 380 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 381 */ 382 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 383 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 384 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 385 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 386 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 387 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 388 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 389 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 390 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 391 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 392 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 393 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 394 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 395 }; 396 397 /** 398 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 399 * 400 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 401 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 402 * 403 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 404 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 405 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 406 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 407 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 408 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 409 */ 410 struct ieee80211_edmg { 411 u8 channels; 412 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 413 }; 414 415 /** 416 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 417 * 418 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 419 * is able to operate in. 420 * 421 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 422 * in this band. 423 * @band: the band this structure represents 424 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 425 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 426 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 427 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 428 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 429 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 430 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 431 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 432 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 433 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 434 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 435 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 436 * iftype_data). 437 */ 438 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 439 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 440 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 441 enum nl80211_band band; 442 int n_channels; 443 int n_bitrates; 444 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 445 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 446 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 447 u16 n_iftype_data; 448 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 449 }; 450 451 /** 452 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 453 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 454 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 455 * 456 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 457 */ 458 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 459 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 460 u8 iftype) 461 { 462 int i; 463 464 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 465 return NULL; 466 467 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 468 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 469 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 470 471 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 472 return data; 473 } 474 475 return NULL; 476 } 477 478 /** 479 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 480 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 481 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 482 * 483 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 484 */ 485 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 486 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 487 u8 iftype) 488 { 489 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 490 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 491 492 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 493 return &data->he_cap; 494 495 return NULL; 496 } 497 498 /** 499 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 500 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 501 * 502 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 503 */ 504 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 505 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 506 { 507 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 508 } 509 510 /** 511 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 512 * 513 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 514 * 515 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 516 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 517 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 518 * 519 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 520 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 521 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 522 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 523 * without affecting other devices. 524 * 525 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 526 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 527 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 528 */ 529 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 530 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 531 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 532 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 533 { 534 } 535 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 536 537 538 /* 539 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 540 */ 541 542 /** 543 * DOC: Actions and configuration 544 * 545 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 546 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 547 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 548 * operations use are described separately. 549 * 550 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 551 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 552 * 553 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 554 * in a separate chapter. 555 */ 556 557 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 558 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 559 560 /** 561 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 562 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 563 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 564 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 565 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 566 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 567 * determine the address as needed. 568 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 569 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 570 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 571 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 572 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 573 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 574 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 575 */ 576 struct vif_params { 577 u32 flags; 578 int use_4addr; 579 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 580 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 581 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 582 }; 583 584 /** 585 * struct key_params - key information 586 * 587 * Information about a key 588 * 589 * @key: key material 590 * @key_len: length of key material 591 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 592 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 593 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 594 * length given by @seq_len. 595 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 596 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 597 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 598 */ 599 struct key_params { 600 const u8 *key; 601 const u8 *seq; 602 int key_len; 603 int seq_len; 604 u16 vlan_id; 605 u32 cipher; 606 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 607 }; 608 609 /** 610 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 611 * @chan: the (control) channel 612 * @width: channel width 613 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 614 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 615 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 616 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 617 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 618 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 619 * parameters are ignored. 620 */ 621 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 622 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 623 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 624 u32 center_freq1; 625 u32 center_freq2; 626 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 627 }; 628 629 /** 630 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 631 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 632 * of the peer. 633 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 634 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 635 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 636 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 637 * @retry_long: retry count value 638 * @retry_short: retry count value 639 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable aggregation 640 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 641 */ 642 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 643 bool config_override; 644 u8 tids; 645 u32 mask; 646 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 647 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 648 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 649 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 650 }; 651 652 /** 653 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 654 * @peer: Station's MAC address 655 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 656 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 657 */ 658 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 659 const u8 *peer; 660 u32 n_tid_conf; 661 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 662 }; 663 664 /** 665 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 666 * @chandef: the channel definition 667 * 668 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 669 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 670 */ 671 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 672 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 673 { 674 switch (chandef->width) { 675 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 676 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 677 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 678 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 679 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 680 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 681 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 682 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 683 default: 684 WARN_ON(1); 685 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 686 } 687 } 688 689 /** 690 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 691 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 692 * @channel: the control channel 693 * @chantype: the channel type 694 * 695 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 696 */ 697 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 698 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 699 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 700 701 /** 702 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 703 * @chandef1: first channel definition 704 * @chandef2: second channel definition 705 * 706 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 707 * identical, %false otherwise. 708 */ 709 static inline bool 710 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 711 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 712 { 713 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 714 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 715 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 716 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 717 } 718 719 /** 720 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 721 * 722 * @chandef: the channel definition 723 * 724 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 725 */ 726 static inline bool 727 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 728 { 729 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 730 } 731 732 /** 733 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 734 * @chandef1: first channel definition 735 * @chandef2: second channel definition 736 * 737 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 738 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 739 */ 740 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 741 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 742 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 743 744 /** 745 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 746 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 747 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 748 */ 749 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 750 751 /** 752 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 753 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 754 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 755 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 756 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 757 */ 758 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 759 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 760 u32 prohibited_flags); 761 762 /** 763 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 764 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 765 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 766 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 767 * Returns: 768 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 769 */ 770 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 771 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 772 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 773 774 /** 775 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 776 * 777 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 778 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 779 * 780 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 781 * 782 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 783 */ 784 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 785 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 786 { 787 switch (chandef->width) { 788 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 789 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 790 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 791 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 792 default: 793 break; 794 } 795 return 0; 796 } 797 798 /** 799 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 800 * 801 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 802 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 803 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 804 * 805 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 806 * 807 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 808 */ 809 static inline int 810 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 811 { 812 switch (chandef->width) { 813 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 814 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 815 chandef->chan->max_power); 816 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 817 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 818 chandef->chan->max_power); 819 default: 820 break; 821 } 822 return chandef->chan->max_power; 823 } 824 825 /** 826 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 827 * 828 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 829 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 830 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 831 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 832 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 833 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 834 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 835 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 836 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 837 * 838 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 839 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 840 */ 841 enum survey_info_flags { 842 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 843 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 844 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 845 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 846 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 847 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 848 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 849 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 850 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 851 }; 852 853 /** 854 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 855 * 856 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 857 * record to report global statistics 858 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 859 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 860 * optional 861 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 862 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 863 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 864 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 865 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 866 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 867 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 868 * 869 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 870 * 871 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 872 * channel duty cycle etc. 873 */ 874 struct survey_info { 875 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 876 u64 time; 877 u64 time_busy; 878 u64 time_ext_busy; 879 u64 time_rx; 880 u64 time_tx; 881 u64 time_scan; 882 u64 time_bss_rx; 883 u32 filled; 884 s8 noise; 885 }; 886 887 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 888 889 /** 890 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 891 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 892 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 893 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 894 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 895 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 896 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 897 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 898 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 899 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 900 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 901 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 902 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 903 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 904 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 905 * protocol frames. 906 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 907 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 908 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 909 * port for mac80211 910 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 911 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 912 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 913 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 914 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 915 * offload) 916 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 917 */ 918 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 919 u32 wpa_versions; 920 u32 cipher_group; 921 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 922 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 923 int n_akm_suites; 924 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 925 bool control_port; 926 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 927 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 928 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 929 bool control_port_no_preauth; 930 struct key_params *wep_keys; 931 int wep_tx_key; 932 const u8 *psk; 933 const u8 *sae_pwd; 934 u8 sae_pwd_len; 935 }; 936 937 /** 938 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 939 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 940 * or %NULL if not changed 941 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 942 * or %NULL if not changed 943 * @head_len: length of @head 944 * @tail_len: length of @tail 945 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 946 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 947 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 948 * frames or %NULL 949 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 950 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 951 * Response frames or %NULL 952 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 953 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 954 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 955 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 956 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 957 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 958 * (measurement type 8) 959 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 960 * Token (measurement type 11) 961 * @lci_len: LCI data length 962 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 963 */ 964 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 965 const u8 *head, *tail; 966 const u8 *beacon_ies; 967 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 968 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 969 const u8 *probe_resp; 970 const u8 *lci; 971 const u8 *civicloc; 972 s8 ftm_responder; 973 974 size_t head_len, tail_len; 975 size_t beacon_ies_len; 976 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 977 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 978 size_t probe_resp_len; 979 size_t lci_len; 980 size_t civicloc_len; 981 }; 982 983 struct mac_address { 984 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 985 }; 986 987 /** 988 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 989 * 990 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 991 * entry specified by mac_addr 992 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 993 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 994 */ 995 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 996 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 997 int n_acl_entries; 998 999 /* Keep it last */ 1000 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1001 }; 1002 1003 /* 1004 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 1005 */ 1006 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 1007 struct { 1008 u32 legacy; 1009 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 1010 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 1011 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 1012 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1013 }; 1014 1015 /** 1016 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 1017 * 1018 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 1019 * 1020 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 1021 */ 1022 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 1023 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 1024 }; 1025 1026 /** 1027 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1028 * 1029 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1030 * 1031 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1032 * @beacon: beacon data 1033 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1034 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1035 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1036 * user space) 1037 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1038 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1039 * @crypto: crypto settings 1040 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1041 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1042 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1043 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1044 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1045 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1046 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1047 * MAC address based access control 1048 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1049 * networks. 1050 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1051 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1052 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1053 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1054 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1055 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1056 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1057 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1058 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1059 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1060 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1061 */ 1062 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1063 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1064 1065 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1066 1067 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1068 const u8 *ssid; 1069 size_t ssid_len; 1070 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1071 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1072 bool privacy; 1073 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1074 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1075 int inactivity_timeout; 1076 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1077 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1078 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1079 bool pbss; 1080 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1081 1082 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1083 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1084 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1085 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1086 bool ht_required, vht_required; 1087 bool twt_responder; 1088 u32 flags; 1089 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1090 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1091 }; 1092 1093 /** 1094 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1095 * 1096 * Used for channel switch 1097 * 1098 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1099 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1100 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1101 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1102 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1103 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1104 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1105 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1106 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1107 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1108 */ 1109 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1110 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1111 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1112 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1113 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1114 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1115 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1116 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1117 bool radar_required; 1118 bool block_tx; 1119 u8 count; 1120 }; 1121 1122 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 1123 1124 /** 1125 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1126 * 1127 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1128 * 1129 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1130 * to use for verification 1131 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1132 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1133 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1134 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1135 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1136 * nl80211_iftype. 1137 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1138 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1139 * the verification 1140 */ 1141 struct iface_combination_params { 1142 int num_different_channels; 1143 u8 radar_detect; 1144 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1145 u32 new_beacon_int; 1146 }; 1147 1148 /** 1149 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1150 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1151 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1152 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1153 * 1154 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1155 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1156 */ 1157 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1158 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1159 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1160 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1161 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1162 }; 1163 1164 /** 1165 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1166 * 1167 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1168 * 1169 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1170 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1171 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1172 * power per-interface or per-station. 1173 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1174 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1175 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1176 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1177 * per peer TPC. 1178 */ 1179 struct sta_txpwr { 1180 s16 power; 1181 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1182 }; 1183 1184 /** 1185 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1186 * 1187 * Used to change and create a new station. 1188 * 1189 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1190 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1191 * (or NULL for no change) 1192 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1193 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1194 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1195 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1196 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1197 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1198 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1199 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1200 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1201 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1202 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1203 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1204 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1205 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1206 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1207 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1208 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1209 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1210 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1211 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1212 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1213 * to unknown) 1214 * @capability: station capability 1215 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1216 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1217 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1218 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1219 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1220 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1221 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1222 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1223 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1224 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1225 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1226 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1227 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1228 */ 1229 struct station_parameters { 1230 const u8 *supported_rates; 1231 struct net_device *vlan; 1232 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1233 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1234 int listen_interval; 1235 u16 aid; 1236 u16 vlan_id; 1237 u16 peer_aid; 1238 u8 supported_rates_len; 1239 u8 plink_action; 1240 u8 plink_state; 1241 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1242 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1243 u8 uapsd_queues; 1244 u8 max_sp; 1245 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1246 u16 capability; 1247 const u8 *ext_capab; 1248 u8 ext_capab_len; 1249 const u8 *supported_channels; 1250 u8 supported_channels_len; 1251 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1252 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1253 u8 opmode_notif; 1254 bool opmode_notif_used; 1255 int support_p2p_ps; 1256 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1257 u8 he_capa_len; 1258 u16 airtime_weight; 1259 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1260 }; 1261 1262 /** 1263 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1264 * 1265 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1266 * 1267 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1268 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1269 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1270 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1271 */ 1272 struct station_del_parameters { 1273 const u8 *mac; 1274 u8 subtype; 1275 u16 reason_code; 1276 }; 1277 1278 /** 1279 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1280 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1281 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1282 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1283 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1284 * the AP MLME in the device 1285 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1286 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1287 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1288 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1289 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1290 * supported/used) 1291 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1292 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1293 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1294 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1295 */ 1296 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1297 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1298 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1299 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1300 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1301 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1302 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1303 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1304 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1305 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1306 }; 1307 1308 /** 1309 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1310 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1311 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1312 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1313 * 1314 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1315 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1316 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1317 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1318 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1319 */ 1320 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1321 struct station_parameters *params, 1322 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1323 1324 /** 1325 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1326 * 1327 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1328 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1329 * 1330 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1331 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1332 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1333 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1334 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1335 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1336 */ 1337 enum rate_info_flags { 1338 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1339 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1340 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1341 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1342 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1343 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1344 }; 1345 1346 /** 1347 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1348 * 1349 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1350 * 1351 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1352 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1353 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1354 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1355 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1356 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1357 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1358 */ 1359 enum rate_info_bw { 1360 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1361 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1362 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1363 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1364 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1365 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1366 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1367 }; 1368 1369 /** 1370 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1371 * 1372 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1373 * 1374 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1375 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1376 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1377 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1378 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1379 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1380 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1381 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1382 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1383 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1384 */ 1385 struct rate_info { 1386 u8 flags; 1387 u8 mcs; 1388 u16 legacy; 1389 u8 nss; 1390 u8 bw; 1391 u8 he_gi; 1392 u8 he_dcm; 1393 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1394 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1395 }; 1396 1397 /** 1398 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1399 * 1400 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1401 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1402 * 1403 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1404 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1405 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1406 */ 1407 enum bss_param_flags { 1408 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1409 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1410 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1411 }; 1412 1413 /** 1414 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1415 * 1416 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1417 * 1418 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1419 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1420 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1421 */ 1422 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1423 u8 flags; 1424 u8 dtim_period; 1425 u16 beacon_interval; 1426 }; 1427 1428 /** 1429 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1430 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1431 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1432 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1433 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1434 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1435 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1436 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1437 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1438 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1439 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1440 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1441 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1442 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1443 */ 1444 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1445 u32 filled; 1446 u32 backlog_bytes; 1447 u32 backlog_packets; 1448 u32 flows; 1449 u32 drops; 1450 u32 ecn_marks; 1451 u32 overlimit; 1452 u32 overmemory; 1453 u32 collisions; 1454 u32 tx_bytes; 1455 u32 tx_packets; 1456 u32 max_flows; 1457 }; 1458 1459 /** 1460 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1461 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1462 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1463 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1464 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1465 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1466 * transmitted MSDUs 1467 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1468 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1469 */ 1470 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1471 u32 filled; 1472 u64 rx_msdu; 1473 u64 tx_msdu; 1474 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1475 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1476 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1477 }; 1478 1479 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1480 1481 /** 1482 * struct station_info - station information 1483 * 1484 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1485 * 1486 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1487 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1488 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1489 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1490 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1491 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1492 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1493 * @llid: mesh local link id 1494 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1495 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1496 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1497 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1498 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1499 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1500 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1501 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1502 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1503 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1504 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1505 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1506 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1507 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1508 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1509 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1510 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1511 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1512 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1513 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1514 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1515 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1516 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1517 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1518 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1519 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1520 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1521 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1522 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1523 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1524 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1525 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1526 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1527 * towards this station. 1528 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1529 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1530 * from this peer 1531 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1532 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1533 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1534 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1535 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1536 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1537 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1538 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1539 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1540 * been sent. 1541 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1542 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1543 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1544 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1545 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1546 */ 1547 struct station_info { 1548 u64 filled; 1549 u32 connected_time; 1550 u32 inactive_time; 1551 u64 assoc_at; 1552 u64 rx_bytes; 1553 u64 tx_bytes; 1554 u16 llid; 1555 u16 plid; 1556 u8 plink_state; 1557 s8 signal; 1558 s8 signal_avg; 1559 1560 u8 chains; 1561 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1562 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1563 1564 struct rate_info txrate; 1565 struct rate_info rxrate; 1566 u32 rx_packets; 1567 u32 tx_packets; 1568 u32 tx_retries; 1569 u32 tx_failed; 1570 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1571 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1572 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1573 1574 int generation; 1575 1576 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1577 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1578 1579 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1580 s64 t_offset; 1581 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1582 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1583 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1584 1585 u32 expected_throughput; 1586 1587 u64 tx_duration; 1588 u64 rx_duration; 1589 u64 rx_beacon; 1590 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1591 u8 connected_to_gate; 1592 1593 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1594 s8 ack_signal; 1595 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1596 1597 u16 airtime_weight; 1598 1599 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1600 u32 fcs_err_count; 1601 1602 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1603 }; 1604 1605 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1606 /** 1607 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1608 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1609 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1610 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1611 * 1612 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1613 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1614 * considered undefined. 1615 */ 1616 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1617 struct station_info *sinfo); 1618 #else 1619 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1620 const u8 *mac_addr, 1621 struct station_info *sinfo) 1622 { 1623 return -ENOENT; 1624 } 1625 #endif 1626 1627 /** 1628 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1629 * 1630 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1631 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1632 * 1633 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1634 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1635 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1636 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1637 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1638 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1639 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1640 */ 1641 enum monitor_flags { 1642 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1643 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1644 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1645 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1646 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1647 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1648 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1649 }; 1650 1651 /** 1652 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1653 * 1654 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1655 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1656 * 1657 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1658 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1659 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1660 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1661 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1662 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1663 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1664 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1665 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1666 */ 1667 enum mpath_info_flags { 1668 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1669 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1670 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1671 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1672 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1673 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1674 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1675 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1676 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1677 }; 1678 1679 /** 1680 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1681 * 1682 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1683 * 1684 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1685 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1686 * @sn: target sequence number 1687 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1688 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1689 * @flags: mesh path flags 1690 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1691 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1692 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1693 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1694 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1695 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1696 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1697 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1698 */ 1699 struct mpath_info { 1700 u32 filled; 1701 u32 frame_qlen; 1702 u32 sn; 1703 u32 metric; 1704 u32 exptime; 1705 u32 discovery_timeout; 1706 u8 discovery_retries; 1707 u8 flags; 1708 u8 hop_count; 1709 u32 path_change_count; 1710 1711 int generation; 1712 }; 1713 1714 /** 1715 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1716 * 1717 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1718 * 1719 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1720 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1721 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1722 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1723 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1724 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1725 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1726 * (or NULL for no change) 1727 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1728 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1729 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1730 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1731 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1732 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1733 */ 1734 struct bss_parameters { 1735 int use_cts_prot; 1736 int use_short_preamble; 1737 int use_short_slot_time; 1738 const u8 *basic_rates; 1739 u8 basic_rates_len; 1740 int ap_isolate; 1741 int ht_opmode; 1742 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1743 }; 1744 1745 /** 1746 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1747 * 1748 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1749 * 1750 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1751 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1752 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1753 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1754 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1755 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1756 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1757 * mesh interface 1758 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1759 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1760 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1761 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1762 * elements 1763 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1764 * detect compatible mesh peers 1765 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1766 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1767 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1768 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1769 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1770 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1771 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1772 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1773 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1774 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1775 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1776 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1777 * element 1778 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1779 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1780 * element 1781 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1782 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1783 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1784 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1785 * announcements are transmitted 1786 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1787 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1788 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1789 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1790 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1791 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1792 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1793 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1794 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1795 * station to establish a peer link 1796 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1797 * 1798 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1799 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1800 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1801 * 1802 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1803 * PREQs are transmitted. 1804 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1805 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1806 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1807 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1808 * setting for new peer links. 1809 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1810 * after transmitting its beacon. 1811 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1812 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1813 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1814 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1815 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1816 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1817 * in the mesh path table 1818 */ 1819 struct mesh_config { 1820 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1821 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1822 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1823 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1824 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1825 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1826 u8 element_ttl; 1827 bool auto_open_plinks; 1828 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1829 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1830 u32 path_refresh_time; 1831 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1832 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1833 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1834 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1835 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1836 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1837 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1838 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1839 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1840 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1841 s32 rssi_threshold; 1842 u16 ht_opmode; 1843 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1844 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1845 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1846 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1847 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1848 u32 plink_timeout; 1849 }; 1850 1851 /** 1852 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1853 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1854 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1855 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1856 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1857 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1858 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1859 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1860 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1861 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1862 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1863 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1864 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1865 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1866 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1867 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1868 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1869 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1870 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1871 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1872 * to operate on DFS channels. 1873 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1874 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1875 * 1876 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1877 */ 1878 struct mesh_setup { 1879 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1880 const u8 *mesh_id; 1881 u8 mesh_id_len; 1882 u8 sync_method; 1883 u8 path_sel_proto; 1884 u8 path_metric; 1885 u8 auth_id; 1886 const u8 *ie; 1887 u8 ie_len; 1888 bool is_authenticated; 1889 bool is_secure; 1890 bool user_mpm; 1891 u8 dtim_period; 1892 u16 beacon_interval; 1893 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1894 u32 basic_rates; 1895 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1896 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1897 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1898 }; 1899 1900 /** 1901 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1902 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1903 * 1904 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1905 */ 1906 struct ocb_setup { 1907 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1908 }; 1909 1910 /** 1911 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1912 * @ac: AC identifier 1913 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1914 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1915 * 1..32767] 1916 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1917 * 1..32767] 1918 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1919 */ 1920 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1921 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1922 u16 txop; 1923 u16 cwmin; 1924 u16 cwmax; 1925 u8 aifs; 1926 }; 1927 1928 /** 1929 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1930 * 1931 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1932 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1933 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1934 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1935 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1936 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1937 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1938 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1939 * in the wiphy structure. 1940 * 1941 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1942 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1943 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1944 * 1945 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1946 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1947 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1948 * to userspace. 1949 */ 1950 1951 /** 1952 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1953 * @ssid: the SSID 1954 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1955 */ 1956 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1957 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1958 u8 ssid_len; 1959 }; 1960 1961 /** 1962 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1963 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1964 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1965 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1966 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1967 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1968 * userspace will be notified of that 1969 */ 1970 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1971 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1972 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1973 bool aborted; 1974 }; 1975 1976 /** 1977 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1978 * 1979 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1980 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1981 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1982 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1983 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1984 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1985 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1986 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1987 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1988 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1989 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1990 * %duration field. 1991 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1992 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1993 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1994 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1995 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1996 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1997 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1998 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1999 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2000 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2001 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2002 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2003 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2004 */ 2005 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2006 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2007 int n_ssids; 2008 u32 n_channels; 2009 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2010 const u8 *ie; 2011 size_t ie_len; 2012 u16 duration; 2013 bool duration_mandatory; 2014 u32 flags; 2015 2016 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2017 2018 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2019 2020 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2021 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2022 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2023 2024 /* internal */ 2025 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2026 unsigned long scan_start; 2027 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2028 bool notified; 2029 bool no_cck; 2030 2031 /* keep last */ 2032 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2033 }; 2034 2035 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2036 { 2037 int i; 2038 2039 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2040 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2041 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2042 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2043 } 2044 } 2045 2046 /** 2047 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2048 * 2049 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2050 * or no match (RSSI only) 2051 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2052 * or no match (RSSI only) 2053 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2054 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2055 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2056 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2057 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2058 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2059 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2060 * corresponding matchset. 2061 */ 2062 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2063 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2064 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2065 s32 rssi_thold; 2066 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2067 }; 2068 2069 /** 2070 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2071 * 2072 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2073 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2074 * infinite loop. 2075 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2076 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2077 */ 2078 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2079 u32 interval; 2080 u32 iterations; 2081 }; 2082 2083 /** 2084 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2085 * 2086 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2087 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2088 */ 2089 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2090 enum nl80211_band band; 2091 s8 delta; 2092 }; 2093 2094 /** 2095 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2096 * 2097 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2098 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2099 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2100 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2101 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2102 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2103 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2104 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2105 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2106 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2107 * (others are filtered out). 2108 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2109 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2110 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2111 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2112 * @dev: the interface 2113 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2114 * @channels: channels to scan 2115 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2116 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2117 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2118 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2119 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2120 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2121 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2122 * index must be executed first. 2123 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2124 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2125 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2126 * owned by a particular socket) 2127 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2128 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2129 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2130 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2131 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2132 * supported. 2133 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2134 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2135 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2136 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2137 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2138 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2139 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2140 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2141 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2142 * comparisions. 2143 */ 2144 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2145 u64 reqid; 2146 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2147 int n_ssids; 2148 u32 n_channels; 2149 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2150 const u8 *ie; 2151 size_t ie_len; 2152 u32 flags; 2153 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2154 int n_match_sets; 2155 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2156 u32 delay; 2157 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2158 int n_scan_plans; 2159 2160 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2161 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2162 2163 bool relative_rssi_set; 2164 s8 relative_rssi; 2165 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2166 2167 /* internal */ 2168 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2169 struct net_device *dev; 2170 unsigned long scan_start; 2171 bool report_results; 2172 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2173 u32 owner_nlportid; 2174 bool nl_owner_dead; 2175 struct list_head list; 2176 2177 /* keep last */ 2178 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2179 }; 2180 2181 /** 2182 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2183 * 2184 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2185 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2186 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2187 */ 2188 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2189 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2190 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2191 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2192 }; 2193 2194 /** 2195 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2196 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2197 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2198 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2199 * signal type 2200 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2201 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2202 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2203 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2204 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2205 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2206 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2207 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2208 * by %parent_bssid. 2209 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2210 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2211 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2212 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2213 */ 2214 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2215 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2216 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2217 s32 signal; 2218 u64 boottime_ns; 2219 u64 parent_tsf; 2220 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2221 u8 chains; 2222 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2223 }; 2224 2225 /** 2226 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2227 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2228 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2229 * @len: length of the IEs 2230 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2231 * @data: IE data 2232 */ 2233 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2234 u64 tsf; 2235 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2236 int len; 2237 bool from_beacon; 2238 u8 data[]; 2239 }; 2240 2241 /** 2242 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2243 * 2244 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2245 * for use in scan results and similar. 2246 * 2247 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2248 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2249 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2250 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2251 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2252 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2253 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2254 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2255 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2256 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2257 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2258 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2259 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2260 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2261 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2262 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2263 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2264 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2265 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2266 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2267 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2268 * (multi-BSSID support) 2269 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2270 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2271 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2272 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2273 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2274 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2275 */ 2276 struct cfg80211_bss { 2277 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2278 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2279 2280 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2281 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2282 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2283 2284 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2285 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2286 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2287 2288 s32 signal; 2289 2290 u16 beacon_interval; 2291 u16 capability; 2292 2293 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2294 u8 chains; 2295 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2296 2297 u8 bssid_index; 2298 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2299 2300 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2301 }; 2302 2303 /** 2304 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2305 * @bss: the bss to search 2306 * @id: the element ID 2307 * 2308 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2309 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2310 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2311 */ 2312 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2313 2314 /** 2315 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2316 * @bss: the bss to search 2317 * @id: the element ID 2318 * 2319 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2320 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2321 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2322 */ 2323 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2324 { 2325 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2326 } 2327 2328 2329 /** 2330 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2331 * 2332 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2333 * authentication. 2334 * 2335 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2336 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2337 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2338 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2339 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2340 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2341 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2342 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2343 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2344 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2345 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2346 * transaction sequence number field. 2347 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2348 */ 2349 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2350 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2351 const u8 *ie; 2352 size_t ie_len; 2353 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2354 const u8 *key; 2355 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2356 const u8 *auth_data; 2357 size_t auth_data_len; 2358 }; 2359 2360 /** 2361 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2362 * 2363 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2364 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2365 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2366 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2367 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2368 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2369 * request (connect callback). 2370 */ 2371 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2372 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2373 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2374 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2375 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2376 }; 2377 2378 /** 2379 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2380 * 2381 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2382 * (re)association. 2383 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2384 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2385 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2386 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2387 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2388 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2389 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2390 * @crypto: crypto settings 2391 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2392 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2393 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2394 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2395 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2396 * frame. 2397 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2398 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2399 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2400 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2401 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2402 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2403 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2404 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2405 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2406 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2407 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2408 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2409 */ 2410 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2411 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2412 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2413 size_t ie_len; 2414 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2415 bool use_mfp; 2416 u32 flags; 2417 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2418 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2419 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2420 const u8 *fils_kek; 2421 size_t fils_kek_len; 2422 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2423 }; 2424 2425 /** 2426 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2427 * 2428 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2429 * deauthentication. 2430 * 2431 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2432 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2433 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2434 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2435 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2436 * do not set a deauth frame 2437 */ 2438 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2439 const u8 *bssid; 2440 const u8 *ie; 2441 size_t ie_len; 2442 u16 reason_code; 2443 bool local_state_change; 2444 }; 2445 2446 /** 2447 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2448 * 2449 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2450 * disassociation. 2451 * 2452 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2453 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2454 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2455 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2456 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2457 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2458 */ 2459 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2460 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2461 const u8 *ie; 2462 size_t ie_len; 2463 u16 reason_code; 2464 bool local_state_change; 2465 }; 2466 2467 /** 2468 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2469 * 2470 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2471 * method. 2472 * 2473 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2474 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2475 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2476 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2477 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2478 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2479 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2480 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2481 * @ie_len: length of that 2482 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2483 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2484 * after joining 2485 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2486 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2487 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2488 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2489 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2490 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2491 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2492 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2493 * to operate on DFS channels. 2494 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2495 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2496 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2497 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2498 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2499 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2500 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2501 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2502 */ 2503 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2504 const u8 *ssid; 2505 const u8 *bssid; 2506 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2507 const u8 *ie; 2508 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2509 u16 beacon_interval; 2510 u32 basic_rates; 2511 bool channel_fixed; 2512 bool privacy; 2513 bool control_port; 2514 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2515 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2516 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2517 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2518 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2519 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2520 int wep_tx_key; 2521 }; 2522 2523 /** 2524 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2525 * 2526 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2527 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2528 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2529 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2530 */ 2531 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2532 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2533 union { 2534 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2535 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2536 } param; 2537 }; 2538 2539 /** 2540 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2541 * 2542 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2543 * authentication and association. 2544 * 2545 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2546 * on scan results) 2547 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2548 * %NULL if not specified 2549 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2550 * results) 2551 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2552 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2553 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2554 * to use. 2555 * @ssid: SSID 2556 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2557 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2558 * @ie: IEs for association request 2559 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2560 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2561 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2562 * @crypto: crypto settings 2563 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2564 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2565 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2566 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2567 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2568 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2569 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2570 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2571 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2572 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2573 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2574 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2575 * networks. 2576 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2577 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2578 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2579 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2580 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2581 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2582 * frame. 2583 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2584 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2585 * data IE. 2586 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2587 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2588 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2589 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2590 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2591 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2592 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2593 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2594 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2595 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2596 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2597 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2598 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2599 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2600 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2601 */ 2602 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2603 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2604 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2605 const u8 *bssid; 2606 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2607 const u8 *ssid; 2608 size_t ssid_len; 2609 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2610 const u8 *ie; 2611 size_t ie_len; 2612 bool privacy; 2613 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2614 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2615 const u8 *key; 2616 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2617 u32 flags; 2618 int bg_scan_period; 2619 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2620 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2621 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2622 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2623 bool pbss; 2624 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2625 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2626 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2627 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2628 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2629 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2630 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2631 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2632 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2633 bool want_1x; 2634 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2635 }; 2636 2637 /** 2638 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2639 * 2640 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2641 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2642 * 2643 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2644 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2645 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2646 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2647 */ 2648 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2649 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2650 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2651 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2652 }; 2653 2654 /** 2655 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2656 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2657 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2658 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2659 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2660 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2661 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2662 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2663 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2664 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2665 */ 2666 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2667 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2668 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2669 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2670 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2671 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2672 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2673 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2674 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2675 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2676 }; 2677 2678 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2679 2680 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 2681 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 2682 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 2683 2684 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 2685 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 2686 2687 /** 2688 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2689 * 2690 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2691 * caching. 2692 * 2693 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2694 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2695 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2696 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2697 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2698 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2699 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2700 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2701 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2702 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2703 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2704 * %NULL). 2705 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 2706 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 2707 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 2708 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 2709 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 2710 * used for it expires. 2711 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 2712 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 2713 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 2714 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 2715 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 2716 */ 2717 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2718 const u8 *bssid; 2719 const u8 *pmkid; 2720 const u8 *pmk; 2721 size_t pmk_len; 2722 const u8 *ssid; 2723 size_t ssid_len; 2724 const u8 *cache_id; 2725 u32 pmk_lifetime; 2726 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 2727 }; 2728 2729 /** 2730 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2731 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2732 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2733 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2734 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2735 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2736 * 2737 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2738 * memory, free @mask only! 2739 */ 2740 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2741 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2742 int pattern_len; 2743 int pkt_offset; 2744 }; 2745 2746 /** 2747 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2748 * 2749 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2750 * @src: source IP address 2751 * @dst: destination IP address 2752 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2753 * @src_port: source port 2754 * @dst_port: destination port 2755 * @payload_len: data payload length 2756 * @payload: data payload buffer 2757 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2758 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2759 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2760 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2761 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2762 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2763 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2764 */ 2765 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2766 struct socket *sock; 2767 __be32 src, dst; 2768 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2769 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2770 int payload_len; 2771 const u8 *payload; 2772 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2773 u32 data_interval; 2774 u32 wake_len; 2775 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2776 u32 tokens_size; 2777 /* must be last, variable member */ 2778 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2779 }; 2780 2781 /** 2782 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2783 * 2784 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2785 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2786 * operating as normal during suspend 2787 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2788 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2789 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2790 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2791 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2792 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2793 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2794 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2795 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2796 * NULL if not configured. 2797 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2798 */ 2799 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2800 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2801 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2802 rfkill_release; 2803 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2804 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2805 int n_patterns; 2806 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2807 }; 2808 2809 /** 2810 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2811 * 2812 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2813 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2814 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2815 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2816 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2817 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2818 */ 2819 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2820 int delay; 2821 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2822 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2823 int n_patterns; 2824 }; 2825 2826 /** 2827 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2828 * 2829 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2830 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2831 * @n_rules: number of rules 2832 */ 2833 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2834 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2835 int n_rules; 2836 }; 2837 2838 /** 2839 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2840 * 2841 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2842 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2843 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2844 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2845 * occurred (in MHz) 2846 */ 2847 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2848 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2849 int n_channels; 2850 u32 channels[]; 2851 }; 2852 2853 /** 2854 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2855 * 2856 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2857 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2858 * match information. 2859 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2860 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2861 */ 2862 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2863 int n_matches; 2864 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2865 }; 2866 2867 /** 2868 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2869 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2870 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2871 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2872 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2873 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2874 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2875 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2876 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2877 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2878 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2879 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2880 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2881 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2882 * it is. 2883 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2884 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2885 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2886 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2887 */ 2888 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2889 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2890 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2891 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2892 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2893 s32 pattern_idx; 2894 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2895 const void *packet; 2896 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2897 }; 2898 2899 /** 2900 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2901 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2902 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2903 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2904 */ 2905 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2906 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2907 }; 2908 2909 /** 2910 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2911 * 2912 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2913 * 2914 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2915 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2916 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2917 */ 2918 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2919 u16 md; 2920 const u8 *ie; 2921 size_t ie_len; 2922 }; 2923 2924 /** 2925 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2926 * 2927 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2928 * 2929 * @chan: channel to use 2930 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2931 * @wait: duration for ROC 2932 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2933 * @len: buffer length 2934 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2935 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2936 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2937 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2938 */ 2939 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2940 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2941 bool offchan; 2942 unsigned int wait; 2943 const u8 *buf; 2944 size_t len; 2945 bool no_cck; 2946 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2947 int n_csa_offsets; 2948 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2949 }; 2950 2951 /** 2952 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2953 * 2954 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2955 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2956 */ 2957 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2958 u8 dscp; 2959 u8 up; 2960 }; 2961 2962 /** 2963 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2964 * 2965 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2966 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2967 */ 2968 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2969 u8 low; 2970 u8 high; 2971 }; 2972 2973 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2974 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2975 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2976 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2977 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2978 2979 /** 2980 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2981 * 2982 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2983 * 2984 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2985 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2986 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2987 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2988 */ 2989 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2990 u8 num_des; 2991 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2992 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2993 }; 2994 2995 /** 2996 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2997 * 2998 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2999 * 3000 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3001 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3002 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3003 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3004 */ 3005 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3006 u8 master_pref; 3007 u8 bands; 3008 }; 3009 3010 /** 3011 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3012 * configuration 3013 * 3014 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3015 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3016 */ 3017 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3018 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3019 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3020 }; 3021 3022 /** 3023 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3024 * 3025 * @filter: the content of the filter 3026 * @len: the length of the filter 3027 */ 3028 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3029 const u8 *filter; 3030 u8 len; 3031 }; 3032 3033 /** 3034 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3035 * 3036 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3037 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3038 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3039 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3040 * implementation specific. 3041 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3042 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3043 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3044 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3045 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3046 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3047 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3048 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3049 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3050 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3051 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3052 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3053 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3054 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3055 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3056 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3057 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3058 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3059 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3060 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3061 */ 3062 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3063 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3064 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3065 u8 publish_type; 3066 bool close_range; 3067 bool publish_bcast; 3068 bool subscribe_active; 3069 u8 followup_id; 3070 u8 followup_reqid; 3071 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3072 u32 ttl; 3073 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3074 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3075 bool srf_include; 3076 const u8 *srf_bf; 3077 u8 srf_bf_len; 3078 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3079 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3080 int srf_num_macs; 3081 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3082 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3083 u8 num_tx_filters; 3084 u8 num_rx_filters; 3085 u8 instance_id; 3086 u64 cookie; 3087 }; 3088 3089 /** 3090 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3091 * 3092 * @aa: authenticator address 3093 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3094 * @pmk: the PMK material 3095 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3096 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3097 * holds PMK-R0. 3098 */ 3099 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3100 const u8 *aa; 3101 u8 pmk_len; 3102 const u8 *pmk; 3103 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3104 }; 3105 3106 /** 3107 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3108 * 3109 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3110 * 3111 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3112 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3113 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3114 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3115 * authentication response command interface. 3116 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3117 * authentication response command interface. 3118 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3119 * authentication request event interface. 3120 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3121 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3122 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3123 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3124 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3125 */ 3126 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3127 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3128 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3129 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3130 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3131 u16 status; 3132 const u8 *pmkid; 3133 }; 3134 3135 /** 3136 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3137 * 3138 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3139 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3140 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3141 * answered 3142 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3143 * successfully answered 3144 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3145 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3146 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3147 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3148 * of how much time the responder was busy 3149 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3150 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3151 * the responder 3152 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3153 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3154 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3155 */ 3156 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3157 u32 filled; 3158 u32 success_num; 3159 u32 partial_num; 3160 u32 failed_num; 3161 u32 asap_num; 3162 u32 non_asap_num; 3163 u64 total_duration_ms; 3164 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3165 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3166 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3167 }; 3168 3169 /** 3170 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3171 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3172 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3173 * reason than just "failure" 3174 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3175 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3176 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3177 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3178 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3179 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3180 * by the responder 3181 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3182 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3183 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3184 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3185 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3186 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3187 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3188 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3189 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3190 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3191 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3192 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3193 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3194 * the square root of the variance) 3195 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3196 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3197 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3198 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3199 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3200 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3201 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3202 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3203 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3204 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3205 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3206 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3207 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3208 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3209 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3210 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3211 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3212 */ 3213 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3214 const u8 *lci; 3215 const u8 *civicloc; 3216 unsigned int lci_len; 3217 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3218 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3219 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3220 s16 burst_index; 3221 u8 busy_retry_time; 3222 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3223 u8 burst_duration; 3224 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3225 s32 rssi_avg; 3226 s32 rssi_spread; 3227 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3228 s64 rtt_avg; 3229 s64 rtt_variance; 3230 s64 rtt_spread; 3231 s64 dist_avg; 3232 s64 dist_variance; 3233 s64 dist_spread; 3234 3235 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3236 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3237 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3238 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3239 tx_rate_valid:1, 3240 rx_rate_valid:1, 3241 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3242 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3243 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3244 dist_avg_valid:1, 3245 dist_variance_valid:1, 3246 dist_spread_valid:1; 3247 }; 3248 3249 /** 3250 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3251 * @addr: address of the peer 3252 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3253 * measurement was made) 3254 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3255 * @status: status of the measurement 3256 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3257 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3258 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3259 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3260 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3261 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3262 */ 3263 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3264 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3265 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3266 3267 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3268 3269 u8 final:1, 3270 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3271 3272 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3273 3274 union { 3275 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3276 }; 3277 }; 3278 3279 /** 3280 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3281 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3282 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3283 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3284 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3285 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3286 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3287 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3288 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3289 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3290 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3291 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3292 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3293 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3294 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3295 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3296 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3297 * 3298 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3299 */ 3300 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3301 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3302 u16 burst_period; 3303 u8 requested:1, 3304 asap:1, 3305 request_lci:1, 3306 request_civicloc:1, 3307 trigger_based:1, 3308 non_trigger_based:1; 3309 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3310 u8 burst_duration; 3311 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3312 u8 ftmr_retries; 3313 }; 3314 3315 /** 3316 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3317 * @addr: MAC address 3318 * @chandef: channel to use 3319 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3320 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3321 */ 3322 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3323 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3324 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3325 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3326 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3327 }; 3328 3329 /** 3330 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3331 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3332 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3333 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3334 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3335 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3336 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3337 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3338 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3339 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3340 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3341 * zero it means there's no timeout 3342 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3343 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3344 */ 3345 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3346 u64 cookie; 3347 void *drv_data; 3348 u32 n_peers; 3349 u32 nl_portid; 3350 3351 u32 timeout; 3352 3353 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3354 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3355 3356 struct list_head list; 3357 3358 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3359 }; 3360 3361 /** 3362 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3363 * 3364 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3365 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3366 * 3367 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3368 * 3369 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3370 * has to be done. 3371 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3372 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3373 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3374 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3375 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3376 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3377 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3378 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3379 */ 3380 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3381 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3382 u16 status; 3383 const u8 *ie; 3384 size_t ie_len; 3385 }; 3386 3387 /** 3388 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3389 * 3390 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3391 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3392 * 3393 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3394 * on success or a negative error code. 3395 * 3396 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3397 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3398 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3399 * 3400 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3401 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3402 * configured for the device. 3403 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3404 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3405 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3406 * the device. 3407 * 3408 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3409 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3410 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3411 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3412 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3413 * 3414 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3415 * 3416 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3417 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3418 * 3419 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3420 * when adding a group key. 3421 * 3422 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3423 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3424 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3425 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3426 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3427 * 3428 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3429 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3430 * 3431 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3432 * 3433 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3434 * 3435 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface 3436 * 3437 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3438 * 3439 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3440 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3441 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3442 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3443 * 3444 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3445 * @del_station: Remove a station 3446 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3447 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3448 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3449 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3450 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3451 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3452 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3453 * 3454 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3455 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3456 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3457 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3458 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3459 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3460 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3461 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3462 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3463 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3464 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3465 * 3466 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3467 * 3468 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3469 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3470 * set, and which to leave alone. 3471 * 3472 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3473 * 3474 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3475 * 3476 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3477 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3478 * join the mesh instead. 3479 * 3480 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3481 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3482 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3483 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3484 * 3485 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3486 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3487 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3488 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3489 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3490 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3491 * 3492 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3493 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3494 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3495 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3496 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3497 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3498 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3499 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3500 * 3501 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3502 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3503 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3504 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3505 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3506 * was received. 3507 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3508 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3509 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3510 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3511 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3512 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3513 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3514 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3515 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3516 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3517 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3518 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3519 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3520 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3521 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3522 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3523 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3524 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3525 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3526 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3527 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3528 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3529 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3530 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3531 * 3532 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3533 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3534 * to a merge. 3535 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3536 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3537 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3538 * 3539 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3540 * MESH mode) 3541 * 3542 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3543 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3544 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3545 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3546 * 3547 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3548 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3549 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3550 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3551 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3552 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3553 * return 0 if successful 3554 * 3555 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3556 * 3557 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3558 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3559 * 3560 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3561 * 3562 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3563 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3564 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3565 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3566 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3567 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3568 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3569 * the duration value. 3570 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3571 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3572 * frame on another channel 3573 * 3574 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3575 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3576 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3577 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3578 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3579 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3580 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3581 * 3582 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3583 * 3584 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3585 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3586 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3587 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3588 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3589 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3590 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3591 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3592 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3593 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3594 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3595 * disabled.) 3596 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3597 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3598 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3599 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3600 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3601 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3602 * thresholds. 3603 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3604 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3605 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3606 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3607 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3608 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3609 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3610 * 3611 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3612 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3613 * 3614 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3615 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3616 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3617 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3618 * 3619 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3620 * 3621 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3622 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3623 * 3624 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3625 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3626 * 3627 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3628 * 3629 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3630 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3631 * current monitoring channel. 3632 * 3633 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3634 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3635 * 3636 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3637 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3638 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3639 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3640 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3641 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3642 * 3643 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3644 * 3645 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 3646 * was finished on another phy. 3647 * 3648 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3649 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3650 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3651 * 3652 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3653 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3654 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3655 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3656 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3657 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3658 * 3659 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3660 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3661 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3662 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3663 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3664 * as soon as possible. 3665 * 3666 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3667 * 3668 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3669 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3670 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3671 * 3672 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3673 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3674 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3675 * account. 3676 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3677 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3678 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3679 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3680 * rejected) 3681 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3682 * 3683 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3684 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3685 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3686 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3687 * 3688 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3689 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3690 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3691 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3692 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3693 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3694 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3695 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3696 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3697 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3698 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3699 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3700 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3701 * provided @nan_func. 3702 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3703 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3704 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3705 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3706 * 3707 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3708 * 3709 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3710 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3711 * 3712 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3713 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3714 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3715 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3716 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3717 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3718 * 3719 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3720 * user space 3721 * 3722 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3723 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3724 * 3725 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3726 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3727 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3728 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3729 * 3730 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3731 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3732 * DH IE through this interface. 3733 * 3734 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3735 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3736 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 3737 * This callback may sleep. 3738 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 3739 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 3740 */ 3741 struct cfg80211_ops { 3742 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3743 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3744 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3745 3746 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3747 const char *name, 3748 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3749 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3750 struct vif_params *params); 3751 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3752 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3753 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3754 struct net_device *dev, 3755 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3756 struct vif_params *params); 3757 3758 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3759 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3760 struct key_params *params); 3761 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3762 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3763 void *cookie, 3764 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3765 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3766 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3767 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3768 struct net_device *netdev, 3769 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3770 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3771 struct net_device *netdev, 3772 u8 key_index); 3773 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3774 struct net_device *netdev, 3775 u8 key_index); 3776 3777 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3778 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3779 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3780 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3781 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3782 3783 3784 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3785 const u8 *mac, 3786 struct station_parameters *params); 3787 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3788 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3789 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3790 const u8 *mac, 3791 struct station_parameters *params); 3792 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3793 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3794 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3795 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3796 3797 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3798 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3799 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3800 const u8 *dst); 3801 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3802 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3803 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3804 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3805 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3806 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3807 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3808 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3809 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3810 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3811 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3812 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3813 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3814 struct net_device *dev, 3815 struct mesh_config *conf); 3816 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3817 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3818 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3819 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3820 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3821 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3822 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3823 3824 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3825 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3826 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3827 3828 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3829 struct bss_parameters *params); 3830 3831 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3832 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3833 3834 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3835 struct net_device *dev, 3836 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3837 3838 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3839 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3840 3841 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3842 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3843 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3844 3845 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3846 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3847 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3848 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3849 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3850 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3851 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3852 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3853 3854 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3855 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3856 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3857 struct net_device *dev, 3858 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3859 u32 changed); 3860 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3861 u16 reason_code); 3862 3863 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3864 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3865 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3866 3867 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3868 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3869 3870 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3871 3872 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3873 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3874 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3875 int *dbm); 3876 3877 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3878 const u8 *addr); 3879 3880 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3881 3882 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3883 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3884 void *data, int len); 3885 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3886 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3887 void *data, int len); 3888 #endif 3889 3890 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3891 struct net_device *dev, 3892 const u8 *peer, 3893 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3894 3895 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3896 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3897 3898 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3899 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3900 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3901 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3902 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3903 3904 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3905 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3906 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3907 unsigned int duration, 3908 u64 *cookie); 3909 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3910 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3911 u64 cookie); 3912 3913 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3914 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3915 u64 *cookie); 3916 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3917 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3918 u64 cookie); 3919 3920 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3921 bool enabled, int timeout); 3922 3923 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3924 struct net_device *dev, 3925 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3926 3927 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3928 struct net_device *dev, 3929 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3930 3931 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3932 struct net_device *dev, 3933 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3934 3935 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3936 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3937 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3938 3939 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3940 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3941 3942 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3943 struct net_device *dev, 3944 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3945 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3946 u64 reqid); 3947 3948 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3949 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3950 3951 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3952 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3953 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3954 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3955 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3956 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3957 3958 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3959 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3960 3961 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3962 struct net_device *dev, 3963 u16 noack_map); 3964 3965 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3966 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3967 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3968 3969 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3970 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3971 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3972 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3973 3974 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3975 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3976 3977 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3978 struct net_device *dev, 3979 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3980 u32 cac_time_ms); 3981 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3982 struct net_device *dev); 3983 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3984 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3985 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3986 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3987 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3988 u16 duration); 3989 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3990 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3991 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3992 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3993 3994 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3995 struct net_device *dev, 3996 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3997 3998 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3999 struct net_device *dev, 4000 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4001 4002 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4003 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4004 4005 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4006 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4007 u16 admitted_time); 4008 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4009 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4010 4011 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4012 struct net_device *dev, 4013 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4014 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4015 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4016 struct net_device *dev, 4017 const u8 *addr); 4018 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4019 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4020 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4021 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4022 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4023 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4024 u64 cookie); 4025 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4026 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4027 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4028 u32 changes); 4029 4030 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4031 struct net_device *dev, 4032 const bool enabled); 4033 4034 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4035 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4036 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4037 4038 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4039 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4040 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4041 const u8 *aa); 4042 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4043 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4044 4045 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4046 struct net_device *dev, 4047 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4048 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4049 const bool noencrypt); 4050 4051 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4052 struct net_device *dev, 4053 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4054 4055 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4056 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4057 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4058 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4059 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4060 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4061 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4062 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4063 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4064 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4065 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4066 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4067 }; 4068 4069 /* 4070 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4071 * and registration/helper functions 4072 */ 4073 4074 /** 4075 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4076 * 4077 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4078 * wiphy at all 4079 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4080 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4081 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4082 * reason to override the default 4083 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4084 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4085 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4086 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4087 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4088 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4089 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4090 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4091 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4092 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4093 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4094 * firmware. 4095 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4096 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4097 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4098 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4099 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4100 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4101 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4102 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4103 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4104 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4105 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4106 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4107 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4108 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4109 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4110 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4111 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4112 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4113 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4114 * before connection. 4115 */ 4116 enum wiphy_flags { 4117 /* use hole at 0 */ 4118 /* use hole at 1 */ 4119 /* use hole at 2 */ 4120 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4121 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4122 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4123 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4124 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4125 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4126 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4127 /* use hole at 11 */ 4128 /* use hole at 12 */ 4129 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4130 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4131 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4132 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4133 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4134 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4135 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4136 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4137 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4138 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4139 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4140 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4141 }; 4142 4143 /** 4144 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4145 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4146 * @types: interface types (bits) 4147 */ 4148 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4149 u16 max; 4150 u16 types; 4151 }; 4152 4153 /** 4154 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4155 * 4156 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4157 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4158 * 4159 * Examples: 4160 * 4161 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4162 * 4163 * .. code-block:: c 4164 * 4165 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4166 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4167 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4168 * }; 4169 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4170 * .limits = limits1, 4171 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4172 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4173 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4174 * }; 4175 * 4176 * 4177 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4178 * 4179 * .. code-block:: c 4180 * 4181 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4182 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4183 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4184 * }; 4185 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4186 * .limits = limits2, 4187 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4188 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4189 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4190 * }; 4191 * 4192 * 4193 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4194 * 4195 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4196 * 4197 * .. code-block:: c 4198 * 4199 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4200 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4201 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4202 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4203 * }; 4204 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4205 * .limits = limits3, 4206 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4207 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4208 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4209 * }; 4210 * 4211 */ 4212 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4213 /** 4214 * @limits: 4215 * limits for the given interface types 4216 */ 4217 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4218 4219 /** 4220 * @num_different_channels: 4221 * can use up to this many different channels 4222 */ 4223 u32 num_different_channels; 4224 4225 /** 4226 * @max_interfaces: 4227 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4228 */ 4229 u16 max_interfaces; 4230 4231 /** 4232 * @n_limits: 4233 * number of limitations 4234 */ 4235 u8 n_limits; 4236 4237 /** 4238 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4239 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4240 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4241 */ 4242 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4243 4244 /** 4245 * @radar_detect_widths: 4246 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4247 */ 4248 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4249 4250 /** 4251 * @radar_detect_regions: 4252 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4253 */ 4254 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4255 4256 /** 4257 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4258 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4259 * 4260 * = 0 4261 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4262 * > 0 4263 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4264 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4265 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4266 */ 4267 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4268 }; 4269 4270 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4271 u16 tx, rx; 4272 }; 4273 4274 /** 4275 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4276 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4277 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4278 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4279 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4280 * packet should be preserved in that case 4281 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4282 * (see nl80211.h) 4283 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4284 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4285 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4286 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4287 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4288 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4289 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4290 */ 4291 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4292 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4293 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4294 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4295 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4296 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4297 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4298 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4299 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4300 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4301 }; 4302 4303 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4304 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4305 u32 data_payload_max; 4306 u32 data_interval_max; 4307 u32 wake_payload_max; 4308 bool seq; 4309 }; 4310 4311 /** 4312 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4313 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4314 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4315 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4316 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4317 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4318 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4319 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4320 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4321 * scheduled scans. 4322 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4323 * details. 4324 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4325 */ 4326 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4327 u32 flags; 4328 int n_patterns; 4329 int pattern_max_len; 4330 int pattern_min_len; 4331 int max_pkt_offset; 4332 int max_nd_match_sets; 4333 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4334 }; 4335 4336 /** 4337 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4338 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4339 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4340 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4341 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4342 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4343 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4344 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4345 */ 4346 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4347 int n_rules; 4348 int max_delay; 4349 int n_patterns; 4350 int pattern_max_len; 4351 int pattern_min_len; 4352 int max_pkt_offset; 4353 }; 4354 4355 /** 4356 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4357 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4358 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4359 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4360 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4361 */ 4362 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4363 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4364 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4365 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4366 }; 4367 4368 /** 4369 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4370 * 4371 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4372 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4373 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4374 * 4375 */ 4376 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4377 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4378 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4379 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4380 }; 4381 4382 /** 4383 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4384 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4385 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4386 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4387 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4388 */ 4389 4390 struct sta_opmode_info { 4391 u32 changed; 4392 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4393 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4394 u8 rx_nss; 4395 }; 4396 4397 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4398 4399 /** 4400 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4401 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4402 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4403 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4404 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4405 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4406 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4407 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4408 * dumpit calls. 4409 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4410 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4411 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4412 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4413 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4414 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4415 * are used with dump requests. 4416 */ 4417 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4418 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4419 u32 flags; 4420 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4421 const void *data, int data_len); 4422 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4423 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4424 unsigned long *storage); 4425 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4426 unsigned int maxattr; 4427 }; 4428 4429 /** 4430 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4431 * @iftype: interface type 4432 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4433 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4434 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4435 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4436 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4437 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4438 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4439 */ 4440 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4441 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4442 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4443 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4444 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4445 }; 4446 4447 /** 4448 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4449 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4450 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4451 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4452 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4453 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4454 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4455 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4456 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4457 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4458 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4459 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4460 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4461 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4462 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4463 * not limited) 4464 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4465 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4466 */ 4467 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4468 unsigned int max_peers; 4469 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4470 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4471 4472 struct { 4473 u32 preambles; 4474 u32 bandwidths; 4475 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4476 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4477 u8 supported:1, 4478 asap:1, 4479 non_asap:1, 4480 request_lci:1, 4481 request_civicloc:1, 4482 trigger_based:1, 4483 non_trigger_based:1; 4484 } ftm; 4485 }; 4486 4487 /** 4488 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 4489 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 4490 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 4491 * 4492 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 4493 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 4494 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4495 */ 4496 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 4497 u16 iftypes_mask; 4498 const u32 *akm_suites; 4499 int n_akm_suites; 4500 }; 4501 4502 /** 4503 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4504 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4505 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4506 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4507 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4508 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4509 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4510 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4511 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4512 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4513 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4514 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 4515 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 4516 * iftype_akm_suites. 4517 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4518 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 4519 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 4520 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 4521 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 4522 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 4523 * suites are specified separately. 4524 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4525 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4526 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4527 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4528 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4529 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4530 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4531 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4532 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4533 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4534 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4535 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4536 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4537 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4538 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4539 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4540 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4541 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4542 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4543 * unregister hardware 4544 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 4545 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 4546 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 4547 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 4548 * (see below). 4549 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4550 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4551 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4552 * must be set by driver 4553 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4554 * list single interface types. 4555 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4556 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4557 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4558 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4559 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4560 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4561 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4562 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4563 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4564 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4565 * this variable determines its size 4566 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4567 * any given scan 4568 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4569 * the device can run concurrently. 4570 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4571 * for in any given scheduled scan 4572 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4573 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4574 * supported. 4575 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4576 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4577 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4578 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4579 * scans 4580 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4581 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4582 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4583 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4584 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4585 * scan plan supported by the device. 4586 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4587 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4588 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4589 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4590 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4591 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4592 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4593 * 4594 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4595 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4596 * type 4597 * 4598 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4599 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4600 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4601 * 4602 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4603 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4604 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4605 * 4606 * @probe_resp_offload: 4607 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4608 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4609 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4610 * 4611 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4612 * may request, if implemented. 4613 * 4614 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4615 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4616 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4617 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4618 * 4619 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4620 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4621 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4622 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4623 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4624 * 4625 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4626 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4627 * 4628 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4629 * supports for ACL. 4630 * 4631 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4632 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4633 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4634 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4635 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4636 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4637 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4638 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4639 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4640 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4641 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4642 * capabilities are specified separately. 4643 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4644 * 4645 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4646 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4647 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4648 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4649 * 4650 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4651 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4652 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4653 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4654 * 4655 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4656 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4657 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4658 * infinite. 4659 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4660 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4661 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4662 * 4663 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4664 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4665 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4666 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4667 * 4668 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4669 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4670 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4671 * 4672 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 4673 * wake_tx_queue 4674 * 4675 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4676 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4677 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4678 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4679 * 4680 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4681 * 4682 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 4683 * device has 4684 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 4685 * supported by the driver for each vif 4686 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 4687 * supported by the driver for each peer 4688 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 4689 * long/short retry configuration 4690 * 4691 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 4692 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 4693 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 4694 */ 4695 struct wiphy { 4696 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4697 4698 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4699 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4700 4701 struct mac_address *addresses; 4702 4703 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4704 4705 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4706 int n_iface_combinations; 4707 u16 software_iftypes; 4708 4709 u16 n_addresses; 4710 4711 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4712 u16 interface_modes; 4713 4714 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4715 4716 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4717 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4718 4719 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4720 4721 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4722 4723 int bss_priv_size; 4724 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4725 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4726 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4727 u8 max_match_sets; 4728 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4729 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4730 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4731 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4732 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4733 4734 int n_cipher_suites; 4735 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4736 4737 int n_akm_suites; 4738 const u32 *akm_suites; 4739 4740 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 4741 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 4742 4743 u8 retry_short; 4744 u8 retry_long; 4745 u32 frag_threshold; 4746 u32 rts_threshold; 4747 u8 coverage_class; 4748 4749 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4750 u32 hw_version; 4751 4752 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4753 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4754 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4755 #endif 4756 4757 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4758 4759 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4760 4761 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4762 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4763 4764 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4765 4766 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4767 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4768 4769 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4770 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4771 4772 const void *privid; 4773 4774 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4775 4776 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4777 struct regulatory_request *request); 4778 4779 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4780 4781 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4782 4783 struct device dev; 4784 4785 bool registered; 4786 4787 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4788 4789 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4790 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4791 4792 struct list_head wdev_list; 4793 4794 possible_net_t _net; 4795 4796 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4797 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4798 #endif 4799 4800 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4801 4802 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4803 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4804 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4805 4806 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4807 4808 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4809 4810 u32 bss_select_support; 4811 4812 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4813 4814 u32 txq_limit; 4815 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4816 u32 txq_quantum; 4817 4818 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 4819 4820 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4821 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4822 4823 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4824 4825 struct { 4826 u64 peer, vif; 4827 u8 max_retry; 4828 } tid_config_support; 4829 4830 u8 max_data_retry_count; 4831 4832 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4833 }; 4834 4835 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4836 { 4837 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4838 } 4839 4840 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4841 { 4842 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4843 } 4844 4845 /** 4846 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4847 * 4848 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4849 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4850 */ 4851 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4852 { 4853 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4854 return &wiphy->priv; 4855 } 4856 4857 /** 4858 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4859 * 4860 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4861 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4862 */ 4863 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4864 { 4865 BUG_ON(!priv); 4866 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4867 } 4868 4869 /** 4870 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4871 * 4872 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4873 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4874 */ 4875 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4876 { 4877 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4878 } 4879 4880 /** 4881 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4882 * 4883 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4884 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4885 */ 4886 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4887 { 4888 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4889 } 4890 4891 /** 4892 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4893 * 4894 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4895 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4896 */ 4897 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4898 { 4899 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4900 } 4901 4902 /** 4903 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4904 * 4905 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4906 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4907 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4908 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4909 * 4910 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4911 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4912 * 4913 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4914 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4915 */ 4916 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4917 const char *requested_name); 4918 4919 /** 4920 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4921 * 4922 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4923 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4924 * 4925 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4926 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4927 * 4928 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4929 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4930 */ 4931 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4932 int sizeof_priv) 4933 { 4934 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4935 } 4936 4937 /** 4938 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4939 * 4940 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4941 * 4942 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4943 */ 4944 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4945 4946 /** 4947 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4948 * 4949 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4950 * 4951 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4952 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4953 * request that is being handled. 4954 */ 4955 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4956 4957 /** 4958 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4959 * 4960 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4961 */ 4962 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4963 4964 /* internal structs */ 4965 struct cfg80211_conn; 4966 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4967 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4968 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4969 4970 /** 4971 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4972 * 4973 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4974 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4975 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4976 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4977 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4978 * 4979 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4980 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4981 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4982 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4983 * 4984 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4985 * @iftype: interface type 4986 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4987 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4988 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4989 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4990 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4991 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4992 * the user-set channel definition. 4993 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4994 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4995 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4996 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4997 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4998 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4999 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5000 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5001 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5002 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5003 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5004 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5005 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5006 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5007 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5008 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5009 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5010 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5011 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5012 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5013 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5014 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5015 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5016 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5017 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 5018 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5019 * and some API functions require it held 5020 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5021 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5022 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5023 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5024 * the P2P Device. 5025 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5026 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5027 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5028 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5029 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5030 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5031 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5032 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5033 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5034 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5035 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5036 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5037 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5038 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 5039 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 5040 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5041 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5042 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5043 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5044 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5045 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5046 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5047 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5048 */ 5049 struct wireless_dev { 5050 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5051 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5052 5053 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5054 struct list_head list; 5055 struct net_device *netdev; 5056 5057 u32 identifier; 5058 5059 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5060 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 5061 5062 struct mutex mtx; 5063 5064 bool use_4addr, is_running; 5065 5066 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5067 5068 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5069 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5070 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 5071 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5072 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5073 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5074 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5075 5076 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5077 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5078 5079 struct list_head event_list; 5080 spinlock_t event_lock; 5081 5082 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 5083 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5084 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5085 5086 bool ibss_fixed; 5087 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 5088 5089 bool ps; 5090 int ps_timeout; 5091 5092 int beacon_interval; 5093 5094 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5095 5096 u32 owner_nlportid; 5097 bool nl_owner_dead; 5098 5099 bool cac_started; 5100 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5101 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5102 5103 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5104 /* wext data */ 5105 struct { 5106 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5107 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5108 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5109 const u8 *ie; 5110 size_t ie_len; 5111 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5112 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5113 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5114 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5115 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5116 } wext; 5117 #endif 5118 5119 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5120 5121 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5122 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5123 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5124 }; 5125 5126 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5127 { 5128 if (wdev->netdev) 5129 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5130 return wdev->address; 5131 } 5132 5133 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5134 { 5135 if (wdev->netdev) 5136 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5137 return wdev->is_running; 5138 } 5139 5140 /** 5141 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5142 * 5143 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5144 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5145 */ 5146 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5147 { 5148 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5149 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5150 } 5151 5152 /** 5153 * DOC: Utility functions 5154 * 5155 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5156 */ 5157 5158 /** 5159 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5160 * @chan: channel number 5161 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5162 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5163 */ 5164 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5165 5166 /** 5167 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5168 * @freq: center frequency 5169 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5170 */ 5171 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 5172 5173 /** 5174 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5175 * 5176 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5177 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 5178 * 5179 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5180 */ 5181 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 5182 5183 /** 5184 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5185 * 5186 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5187 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5188 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5189 * 5190 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5191 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5192 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5193 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5194 */ 5195 struct ieee80211_rate * 5196 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5197 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5198 5199 /** 5200 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5201 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5202 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5203 * 5204 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5205 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5206 */ 5207 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5208 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5209 5210 /* 5211 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5212 * 5213 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5214 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 5215 */ 5216 5217 struct radiotap_align_size { 5218 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5219 }; 5220 5221 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5222 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5223 int n_bits; 5224 uint32_t oui; 5225 uint8_t subns; 5226 }; 5227 5228 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5229 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5230 int n_ns; 5231 }; 5232 5233 /** 5234 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5235 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5236 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5237 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5238 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5239 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5240 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5241 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5242 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5243 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5244 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5245 * radiotap namespace or not 5246 * 5247 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5248 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5249 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5250 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5251 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5252 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5253 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5254 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5255 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5256 * next bitmap word 5257 * 5258 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5259 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5260 */ 5261 5262 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5263 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5264 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5265 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5266 5267 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5268 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5269 5270 unsigned char *this_arg; 5271 int this_arg_index; 5272 int this_arg_size; 5273 5274 int is_radiotap_ns; 5275 5276 int _max_length; 5277 int _arg_index; 5278 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5279 int _reset_on_ext; 5280 }; 5281 5282 int 5283 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5284 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5285 int max_length, 5286 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5287 5288 int 5289 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5290 5291 5292 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5293 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5294 5295 /** 5296 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5297 * 5298 * @skb: the frame 5299 * 5300 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5301 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5302 * 5303 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5304 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5305 * 802.11 header. 5306 */ 5307 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5308 5309 /** 5310 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5311 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5312 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5313 */ 5314 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5315 5316 /** 5317 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5318 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5319 * (first byte) will be accessed 5320 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5321 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5322 */ 5323 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5324 5325 /** 5326 * DOC: Data path helpers 5327 * 5328 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5329 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5330 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5331 */ 5332 5333 /** 5334 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5335 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5336 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5337 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5338 * @addr: the device MAC address 5339 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5340 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5341 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5342 */ 5343 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5344 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5345 u8 data_offset); 5346 5347 /** 5348 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5349 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5350 * @addr: the device MAC address 5351 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5352 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5353 */ 5354 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5355 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5356 { 5357 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5358 } 5359 5360 /** 5361 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5362 * 5363 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5364 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5365 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5366 * 5367 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5368 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5369 * initialized by by the caller. 5370 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5371 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5372 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5373 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5374 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5375 */ 5376 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5377 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5378 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5379 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5380 5381 /** 5382 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5383 * @skb: the data frame 5384 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5385 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5386 */ 5387 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5388 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5389 5390 /** 5391 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5392 * 5393 * @eid: element ID 5394 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5395 * @len: length of data 5396 * @match: byte array to match 5397 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5398 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5399 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5400 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5401 * the data portion instead. 5402 * 5403 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5404 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5405 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5406 * requested element struct. 5407 * 5408 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5409 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5410 * byte array to match. 5411 */ 5412 const struct element * 5413 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5414 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5415 unsigned int match_offset); 5416 5417 /** 5418 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5419 * 5420 * @eid: element ID 5421 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5422 * @len: length of data 5423 * @match: byte array to match 5424 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5425 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5426 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5427 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5428 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5429 * the second byte is the IE length. 5430 * 5431 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5432 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5433 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5434 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5435 * element ID. 5436 * 5437 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5438 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5439 * byte array to match. 5440 */ 5441 static inline const u8 * 5442 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5443 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5444 unsigned int match_offset) 5445 { 5446 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5447 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5448 */ 5449 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5450 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5451 return NULL; 5452 5453 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5454 match, match_len, 5455 match_offset ? 5456 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5457 } 5458 5459 /** 5460 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5461 * 5462 * @eid: element ID 5463 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5464 * @len: length of data 5465 * 5466 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5467 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5468 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5469 * requested element struct. 5470 * 5471 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5472 * having to fit into the given data. 5473 */ 5474 static inline const struct element * 5475 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5476 { 5477 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5478 } 5479 5480 /** 5481 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5482 * 5483 * @eid: element ID 5484 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5485 * @len: length of data 5486 * 5487 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5488 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5489 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5490 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5491 * 5492 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5493 * having to fit into the given data. 5494 */ 5495 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5496 { 5497 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5498 } 5499 5500 /** 5501 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5502 * 5503 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5504 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5505 * @len: length of data 5506 * 5507 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5508 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5509 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5510 * requested element struct. 5511 * 5512 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5513 * having to fit into the given data. 5514 */ 5515 static inline const struct element * 5516 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5517 { 5518 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5519 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5520 } 5521 5522 /** 5523 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5524 * 5525 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5526 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5527 * @len: length of data 5528 * 5529 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5530 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5531 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5532 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5533 * 5534 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5535 * having to fit into the given data. 5536 */ 5537 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5538 { 5539 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5540 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5541 } 5542 5543 /** 5544 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5545 * 5546 * @oui: vendor OUI 5547 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5548 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5549 * @len: length of data 5550 * 5551 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5552 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5553 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5554 * 5555 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5556 * the given data. 5557 */ 5558 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5559 const u8 *ies, 5560 unsigned int len); 5561 5562 /** 5563 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5564 * 5565 * @oui: vendor OUI 5566 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5567 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5568 * @len: length of data 5569 * 5570 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5571 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5572 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5573 * element ID. 5574 * 5575 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5576 * the given data. 5577 */ 5578 static inline const u8 * 5579 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5580 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5581 { 5582 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5583 } 5584 5585 /** 5586 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5587 * 5588 * @dev: network device 5589 * @addr: STA MAC address 5590 * 5591 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5592 * devices upon STA association. 5593 */ 5594 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5595 5596 /** 5597 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5598 * 5599 * TODO 5600 */ 5601 5602 /** 5603 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5604 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5605 * conflicts) 5606 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5607 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5608 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5609 * alpha2. 5610 * 5611 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5612 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5613 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5614 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5615 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5616 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5617 * 5618 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5619 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5620 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5621 * 5622 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5623 * an -ENOMEM. 5624 * 5625 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5626 */ 5627 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5628 5629 /** 5630 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5631 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5632 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5633 * 5634 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5635 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5636 * information. 5637 * 5638 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5639 */ 5640 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5641 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5642 5643 /** 5644 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5645 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5646 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5647 * 5648 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5649 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5650 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5651 * 5652 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5653 */ 5654 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5655 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5656 5657 /** 5658 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5659 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5660 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5661 * 5662 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5663 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5664 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5665 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5666 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5667 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5668 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5669 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5670 * that called this helper. 5671 */ 5672 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5673 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5674 5675 /** 5676 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5677 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5678 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5679 * 5680 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5681 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5682 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5683 * and processed already. 5684 * 5685 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5686 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5687 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5688 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5689 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5690 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5691 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5692 */ 5693 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5694 u32 center_freq); 5695 5696 /** 5697 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5698 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5699 * 5700 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5701 * proper string representation. 5702 */ 5703 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5704 5705 /** 5706 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 5707 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 5708 * 5709 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 5710 */ 5711 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5712 5713 /** 5714 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5715 * 5716 */ 5717 5718 /** 5719 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5720 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5721 * 5722 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5723 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5724 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5725 * 5726 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5727 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5728 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5729 * 5730 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5731 * an -ENODATA. 5732 * 5733 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5734 */ 5735 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5736 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5737 5738 /* 5739 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5740 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5741 */ 5742 5743 /** 5744 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5745 * 5746 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5747 * @info: information about the completed scan 5748 */ 5749 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5750 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5751 5752 /** 5753 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5754 * 5755 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5756 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5757 */ 5758 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5759 5760 /** 5761 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5762 * 5763 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5764 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5765 * 5766 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5767 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5768 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5769 */ 5770 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5771 5772 /** 5773 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5774 * 5775 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5776 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5777 * 5778 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5779 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5780 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5781 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5782 */ 5783 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5784 5785 /** 5786 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5787 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5788 * @data: the BSS metadata 5789 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5790 * @len: length of the management frame 5791 * @gfp: context flags 5792 * 5793 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5794 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5795 * 5796 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5797 * Or %NULL on error. 5798 */ 5799 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5800 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5801 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5802 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5803 gfp_t gfp); 5804 5805 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5806 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5807 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5808 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5809 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5810 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5811 { 5812 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5813 .chan = rx_channel, 5814 .scan_width = scan_width, 5815 .signal = signal, 5816 }; 5817 5818 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5819 } 5820 5821 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5822 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5823 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5824 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5825 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5826 { 5827 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5828 .chan = rx_channel, 5829 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5830 .signal = signal, 5831 }; 5832 5833 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5834 } 5835 5836 /** 5837 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5838 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5839 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5840 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5841 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5842 */ 5843 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5844 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5845 { 5846 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5847 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5848 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5849 5850 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5851 5852 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5853 5854 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5855 } 5856 5857 /** 5858 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 5859 * @element: element to check 5860 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 5861 */ 5862 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 5863 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 5864 5865 /** 5866 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 5867 * @ie: ies 5868 * @ielen: length of IEs 5869 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 5870 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 5871 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 5872 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 5873 */ 5874 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5875 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 5876 const struct element *sub_elem, 5877 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 5878 5879 /** 5880 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5881 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5882 * from a beacon or probe response 5883 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5884 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5885 */ 5886 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5887 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5888 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5889 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5890 }; 5891 5892 /** 5893 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5894 * 5895 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5896 * @data: the BSS metadata 5897 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5898 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5899 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5900 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5901 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5902 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5903 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5904 * @gfp: context flags 5905 * 5906 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5907 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5908 * 5909 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5910 * Or %NULL on error. 5911 */ 5912 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5913 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5914 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5915 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5916 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5917 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5918 gfp_t gfp); 5919 5920 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5921 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5922 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5923 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5924 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5925 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5926 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5927 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5928 { 5929 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5930 .chan = rx_channel, 5931 .scan_width = scan_width, 5932 .signal = signal, 5933 }; 5934 5935 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5936 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5937 gfp); 5938 } 5939 5940 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5941 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5942 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5943 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5944 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5945 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5946 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5947 { 5948 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5949 .chan = rx_channel, 5950 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5951 .signal = signal, 5952 }; 5953 5954 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5955 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5956 gfp); 5957 } 5958 5959 /** 5960 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5961 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5962 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5963 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5964 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5965 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5966 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5967 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5968 */ 5969 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5970 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5971 const u8 *bssid, 5972 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5973 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5974 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5975 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5976 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5977 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5978 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5979 { 5980 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5981 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5982 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5983 } 5984 5985 /** 5986 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5987 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5988 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5989 * 5990 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5991 */ 5992 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5993 5994 /** 5995 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5996 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5997 * @bss: the BSS struct 5998 * 5999 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6000 */ 6001 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6002 6003 /** 6004 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6005 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6006 * @bss: the bss to remove 6007 * 6008 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6009 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6010 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6011 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6012 */ 6013 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6014 6015 /** 6016 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6017 * 6018 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6019 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6020 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6021 * 6022 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6023 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6024 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6025 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6026 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6027 */ 6028 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6029 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6030 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6031 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6032 void *data), 6033 void *iter_data); 6034 6035 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6036 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6037 { 6038 switch (chandef->width) { 6039 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6040 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6041 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6042 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6043 default: 6044 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6045 } 6046 } 6047 6048 /** 6049 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6050 * @dev: network device 6051 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6052 * @len: length of the frame data 6053 * 6054 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6055 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6056 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6057 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6058 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6059 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6060 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6061 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6062 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6063 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6064 * 6065 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6066 */ 6067 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6068 6069 /** 6070 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 6071 * @dev: network device 6072 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 6073 * 6074 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 6075 * mutex. 6076 */ 6077 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6078 6079 /** 6080 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6081 * @dev: network device 6082 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6083 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 6084 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6085 * @len: length of the frame data 6086 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6087 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6088 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6089 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6090 * 6091 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6092 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6093 * 6094 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6095 */ 6096 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6097 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6098 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6099 int uapsd_queues, 6100 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 6101 6102 /** 6103 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 6104 * @dev: network device 6105 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 6106 * 6107 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6108 */ 6109 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6110 6111 /** 6112 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 6113 * @dev: network device 6114 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 6115 * 6116 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 6117 * an association attempt was abandoned. 6118 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6119 */ 6120 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6121 6122 /** 6123 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6124 * @dev: network device 6125 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6126 * @len: length of the frame data 6127 * 6128 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6129 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6130 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6131 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6132 */ 6133 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6134 6135 /** 6136 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6137 * @dev: network device 6138 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 6139 * @len: length of the frame data 6140 * 6141 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6142 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6143 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 6144 */ 6145 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6146 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6147 6148 /** 6149 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6150 * @dev: network device 6151 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6152 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6153 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6154 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6155 * @gfp: allocation flags 6156 * 6157 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6158 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6159 * primitive. 6160 */ 6161 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6162 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6163 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6164 6165 /** 6166 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6167 * 6168 * @dev: network device 6169 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6170 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6171 * @gfp: allocation flags 6172 * 6173 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6174 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6175 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6176 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6177 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6178 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6179 */ 6180 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6181 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6182 6183 /** 6184 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 6185 * 6186 * @dev: network device 6187 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6188 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6189 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6190 * @gfp: allocation flags 6191 * 6192 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6193 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6194 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6195 */ 6196 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6197 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6198 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6199 6200 /** 6201 * DOC: RFkill integration 6202 * 6203 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6204 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6205 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6206 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6207 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6208 * 6209 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6210 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6211 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6212 */ 6213 6214 /** 6215 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6216 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6217 * @blocked: block status 6218 */ 6219 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 6220 6221 /** 6222 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6223 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6224 */ 6225 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6226 6227 /** 6228 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6229 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6230 */ 6231 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6232 6233 /** 6234 * DOC: Vendor commands 6235 * 6236 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6237 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6238 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6239 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6240 * the configuration mechanism. 6241 * 6242 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6243 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6244 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6245 * 6246 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6247 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6248 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6249 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6250 * managers etc. need. 6251 */ 6252 6253 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6254 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6255 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6256 int approxlen); 6257 6258 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6259 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6260 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6261 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6262 unsigned int portid, 6263 int vendor_event_idx, 6264 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6265 6266 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6267 6268 /** 6269 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6270 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6271 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6272 * be put into the skb 6273 * 6274 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6275 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6276 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6277 * 6278 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6279 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6280 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6281 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6282 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6283 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6284 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6285 * 6286 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6287 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6288 * 6289 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6290 */ 6291 static inline struct sk_buff * 6292 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6293 { 6294 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6295 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6296 } 6297 6298 /** 6299 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6300 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6301 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6302 * 6303 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6304 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6305 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6306 * skb regardless of the return value. 6307 * 6308 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6309 */ 6310 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6311 6312 /** 6313 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6314 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6315 * 6316 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6317 * Valid to call only there. 6318 */ 6319 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6320 6321 /** 6322 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6323 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6324 * @wdev: the wireless device 6325 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6326 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6327 * be put into the skb 6328 * @gfp: allocation flags 6329 * 6330 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6331 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6332 * 6333 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6334 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6335 * attribute. 6336 * 6337 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6338 * skb to send the event. 6339 * 6340 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6341 */ 6342 static inline struct sk_buff * 6343 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6344 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6345 { 6346 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6347 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6348 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6349 } 6350 6351 /** 6352 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6353 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6354 * @wdev: the wireless device 6355 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6356 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6357 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6358 * be put into the skb 6359 * @gfp: allocation flags 6360 * 6361 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6362 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6363 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6364 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6365 * 6366 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6367 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6368 * attribute. 6369 * 6370 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6371 * skb to send the event. 6372 * 6373 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6374 */ 6375 static inline struct sk_buff * 6376 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6377 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6378 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6379 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6380 { 6381 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6382 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6383 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6384 } 6385 6386 /** 6387 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6388 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6389 * @gfp: allocation flags 6390 * 6391 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6392 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6393 */ 6394 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6395 { 6396 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6397 } 6398 6399 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6400 /** 6401 * DOC: Test mode 6402 * 6403 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6404 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6405 * factory programming. 6406 * 6407 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6408 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6409 */ 6410 6411 /** 6412 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6413 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6414 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6415 * be put into the skb 6416 * 6417 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6418 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6419 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6420 * 6421 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6422 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6423 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6424 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6425 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6426 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6427 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6428 * 6429 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6430 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6431 * 6432 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6433 */ 6434 static inline struct sk_buff * 6435 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6436 { 6437 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6438 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6439 } 6440 6441 /** 6442 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6443 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6444 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6445 * 6446 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6447 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6448 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6449 * regardless of the return value. 6450 * 6451 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6452 */ 6453 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6454 { 6455 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6456 } 6457 6458 /** 6459 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6460 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6461 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6462 * be put into the skb 6463 * @gfp: allocation flags 6464 * 6465 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6466 * testmode multicast group. 6467 * 6468 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6469 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6470 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6471 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6472 * in any other way. 6473 * 6474 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6475 * skb to send the event. 6476 * 6477 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6478 */ 6479 static inline struct sk_buff * 6480 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6481 { 6482 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6483 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6484 approxlen, gfp); 6485 } 6486 6487 /** 6488 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6489 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6490 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6491 * @gfp: allocation flags 6492 * 6493 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6494 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6495 * consumes it. 6496 */ 6497 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6498 { 6499 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6500 } 6501 6502 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6503 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6504 #else 6505 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6506 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6507 #endif 6508 6509 /** 6510 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6511 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6512 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6513 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6514 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6515 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6516 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6517 * status for a FILS connection. 6518 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6519 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6520 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6521 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6522 */ 6523 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6524 const u8 *kek; 6525 size_t kek_len; 6526 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6527 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6528 const u8 *pmk; 6529 size_t pmk_len; 6530 const u8 *pmkid; 6531 }; 6532 6533 /** 6534 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6535 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6536 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6537 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6538 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6539 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6540 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6541 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6542 * case. 6543 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6544 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6545 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6546 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6547 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6548 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6549 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6550 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6551 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6552 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6553 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6554 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6555 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6556 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6557 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6558 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6559 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6560 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6561 */ 6562 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6563 int status; 6564 const u8 *bssid; 6565 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6566 const u8 *req_ie; 6567 size_t req_ie_len; 6568 const u8 *resp_ie; 6569 size_t resp_ie_len; 6570 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6571 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6572 }; 6573 6574 /** 6575 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6576 * 6577 * @dev: network device 6578 * @params: connection response parameters 6579 * @gfp: allocation flags 6580 * 6581 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6582 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6583 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6584 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6585 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6586 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6587 */ 6588 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6589 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6590 gfp_t gfp); 6591 6592 /** 6593 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6594 * 6595 * @dev: network device 6596 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6597 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6598 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6599 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6600 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6601 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6602 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6603 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6604 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6605 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6606 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6607 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6608 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6609 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6610 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6611 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6612 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6613 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6614 * case. 6615 * @gfp: allocation flags 6616 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6617 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6618 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6619 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6620 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6621 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6622 * 6623 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6624 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6625 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6626 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6627 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6628 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6629 */ 6630 static inline void 6631 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6632 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6633 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6634 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6635 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6636 { 6637 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6638 6639 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6640 params.status = status; 6641 params.bssid = bssid; 6642 params.bss = bss; 6643 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6644 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6645 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6646 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6647 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6648 6649 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6650 } 6651 6652 /** 6653 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6654 * 6655 * @dev: network device 6656 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6657 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6658 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6659 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6660 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6661 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6662 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6663 * the real status code for failures. 6664 * @gfp: allocation flags 6665 * 6666 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6667 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6668 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6669 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6670 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6671 */ 6672 static inline void 6673 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6674 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6675 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6676 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6677 { 6678 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6679 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6680 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6681 } 6682 6683 /** 6684 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6685 * 6686 * @dev: network device 6687 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6688 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6689 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6690 * @gfp: allocation flags 6691 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6692 * 6693 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6694 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6695 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6696 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6697 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6698 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6699 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6700 */ 6701 static inline void 6702 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6703 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6704 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6705 { 6706 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6707 gfp, timeout_reason); 6708 } 6709 6710 /** 6711 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6712 * 6713 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6714 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6715 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6716 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6717 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6718 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6719 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6720 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6721 */ 6722 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6723 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6724 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6725 const u8 *bssid; 6726 const u8 *req_ie; 6727 size_t req_ie_len; 6728 const u8 *resp_ie; 6729 size_t resp_ie_len; 6730 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6731 }; 6732 6733 /** 6734 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6735 * 6736 * @dev: network device 6737 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6738 * @gfp: allocation flags 6739 * 6740 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6741 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6742 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6743 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6744 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6745 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6746 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6747 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6748 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6749 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 6750 */ 6751 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6752 gfp_t gfp); 6753 6754 /** 6755 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6756 * 6757 * @dev: network device 6758 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6759 * @gfp: allocation flags 6760 * 6761 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6762 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6763 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6764 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6765 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6766 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6767 */ 6768 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6769 gfp_t gfp); 6770 6771 /** 6772 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6773 * 6774 * @dev: network device 6775 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6776 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6777 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6778 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6779 * @gfp: allocation flags 6780 * 6781 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6782 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6783 */ 6784 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6785 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6786 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6787 6788 /** 6789 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6790 * @wdev: wireless device 6791 * @cookie: the request cookie 6792 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6793 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6794 * channel 6795 * @gfp: allocation flags 6796 */ 6797 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6798 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6799 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6800 6801 /** 6802 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6803 * @wdev: wireless device 6804 * @cookie: the request cookie 6805 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6806 * @gfp: allocation flags 6807 */ 6808 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6809 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6810 gfp_t gfp); 6811 6812 /** 6813 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 6814 * @wdev: wireless device 6815 * @cookie: the requested cookie 6816 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 6817 * @gfp: allocation flags 6818 */ 6819 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6820 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 6821 6822 /** 6823 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6824 * 6825 * @sinfo: the station information 6826 * @gfp: allocation flags 6827 */ 6828 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6829 6830 /** 6831 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6832 * @sinfo: the station information 6833 * 6834 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6835 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6836 * the stack.) 6837 */ 6838 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6839 { 6840 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6841 } 6842 6843 /** 6844 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6845 * 6846 * @dev: the netdev 6847 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6848 * @sinfo: the station information 6849 * @gfp: allocation flags 6850 */ 6851 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6852 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6853 6854 /** 6855 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6856 * @dev: the netdev 6857 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6858 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6859 * @gfp: allocation flags 6860 */ 6861 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6862 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6863 6864 /** 6865 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6866 * 6867 * @dev: the netdev 6868 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6869 * @gfp: allocation flags 6870 */ 6871 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6872 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6873 { 6874 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6875 } 6876 6877 /** 6878 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6879 * 6880 * @dev: the netdev 6881 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6882 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6883 * @gfp: allocation flags 6884 * 6885 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6886 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6887 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6888 * 6889 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6890 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6891 */ 6892 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6893 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6894 gfp_t gfp); 6895 6896 /** 6897 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6898 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6899 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6900 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6901 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6902 * @len: length of the frame data 6903 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6904 * 6905 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6906 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6907 * 6908 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6909 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6910 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6911 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6912 */ 6913 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6914 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6915 6916 /** 6917 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6918 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6919 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6920 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6921 * @len: length of the frame data 6922 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6923 * @gfp: context flags 6924 * 6925 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6926 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6927 * transmission attempt. 6928 */ 6929 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6930 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6931 6932 6933 /** 6934 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6935 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6936 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6937 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6938 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6939 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6940 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6941 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6942 * 6943 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6944 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6945 * control port frames over nl80211. 6946 * 6947 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6948 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6949 * 6950 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6951 */ 6952 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6953 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6954 6955 /** 6956 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6957 * @dev: network device 6958 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6959 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6960 * @gfp: context flags 6961 * 6962 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6963 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6964 */ 6965 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6966 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6967 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6968 6969 /** 6970 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6971 * @dev: network device 6972 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6973 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6974 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6975 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6976 * @gfp: context flags 6977 */ 6978 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6979 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6980 6981 /** 6982 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6983 * @dev: network device 6984 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6985 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6986 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6987 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6988 * @gfp: context flags 6989 * 6990 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6991 * given interval is exceeded. 6992 */ 6993 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6994 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6995 6996 /** 6997 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6998 * @dev: network device 6999 * @gfp: context flags 7000 * 7001 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 7002 */ 7003 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 7004 7005 /** 7006 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 7007 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7008 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7009 * @gfp: context flags 7010 * 7011 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 7012 */ 7013 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7014 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 7015 7016 /** 7017 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 7018 * @dev: network device 7019 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 7020 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 7021 * @gfp: context flags 7022 * 7023 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 7024 * frame. 7025 */ 7026 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 7027 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 7028 gfp_t gfp); 7029 7030 /** 7031 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 7032 * @netdev: network device 7033 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7034 * @event: type of event 7035 * @gfp: context flags 7036 * 7037 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 7038 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 7039 * also by full-MAC drivers. 7040 */ 7041 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7042 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7043 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 7044 7045 7046 /** 7047 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 7048 * @dev: network device 7049 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 7050 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 7051 * @gfp: allocation flags 7052 */ 7053 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7054 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 7055 7056 /** 7057 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 7058 * @dev: network device 7059 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 7060 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 7061 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 7062 * @gfp: allocation flags 7063 */ 7064 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 7065 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 7066 7067 /** 7068 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 7069 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7070 * @addr: the transmitter address 7071 * @gfp: context flags 7072 * 7073 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7074 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 7075 * sender. 7076 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7077 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7078 */ 7079 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7080 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7081 7082 /** 7083 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 7084 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7085 * @addr: the transmitter address 7086 * @gfp: context flags 7087 * 7088 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7089 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 7090 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 7091 * station to avoid event flooding. 7092 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7093 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7094 */ 7095 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7096 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7097 7098 /** 7099 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 7100 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 7101 * @addr: the address of the peer 7102 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 7103 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 7104 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 7105 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 7106 * @gfp: allocation flags 7107 */ 7108 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7109 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 7110 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 7111 7112 /** 7113 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 7114 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7115 * @frame: the frame 7116 * @len: length of the frame 7117 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 7118 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7119 * 7120 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7121 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7122 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7123 */ 7124 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7125 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 7126 int freq, int sig_dbm); 7127 7128 /** 7129 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 7130 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7131 * @chandef: the channel definition 7132 * @iftype: interface type 7133 * 7134 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7135 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 7136 */ 7137 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7138 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7139 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7140 7141 /** 7142 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 7143 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7144 * @chandef: the channel definition 7145 * @iftype: interface type 7146 * 7147 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7148 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7149 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7150 * more permissive conditions. 7151 * 7152 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7153 */ 7154 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7155 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7156 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7157 7158 /* 7159 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7160 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7161 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7162 * 7163 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7164 * driver context! 7165 */ 7166 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7167 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7168 7169 /* 7170 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7171 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7172 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7173 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7174 * 7175 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7176 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7177 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7178 */ 7179 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7180 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7181 u8 count); 7182 7183 /** 7184 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7185 * 7186 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7187 * @band: band pointer to fill 7188 * 7189 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7190 */ 7191 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7192 enum nl80211_band *band); 7193 7194 /** 7195 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7196 * 7197 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7198 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7199 * 7200 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7201 */ 7202 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7203 u8 *op_class); 7204 7205 /* 7206 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7207 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7208 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7209 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7210 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7211 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7212 * @gfp: allocation flags 7213 * 7214 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7215 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7216 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7217 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7218 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7219 */ 7220 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7221 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7222 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7223 7224 /* 7225 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7226 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7227 * 7228 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7229 */ 7230 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7231 7232 /** 7233 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7234 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7235 * 7236 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 7237 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 7238 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 7239 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 7240 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 7241 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 7242 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 7243 * 7244 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7245 */ 7246 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7247 7248 /** 7249 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 7250 * @ies: FT IEs 7251 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7252 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7253 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7254 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7255 */ 7256 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7257 const u8 *ies; 7258 size_t ies_len; 7259 const u8 *target_ap; 7260 const u8 *ric_ies; 7261 size_t ric_ies_len; 7262 }; 7263 7264 /** 7265 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7266 * @netdev: network device 7267 * @ft_event: IE information 7268 */ 7269 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7270 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7271 7272 /** 7273 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7274 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7275 * @len: the input length 7276 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7277 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7278 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7279 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7280 * 7281 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7282 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7283 * 7284 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7285 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7286 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7287 */ 7288 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7289 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7290 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7291 7292 /** 7293 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7294 * @ies: the IE buffer 7295 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7296 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7297 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7298 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7299 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7300 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7301 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7302 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7303 * 7304 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7305 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7306 * split. 7307 * 7308 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7309 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7310 * 7311 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7312 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7313 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7314 * 7315 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7316 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7317 * of the buffer should be used. 7318 */ 7319 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7320 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7321 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7322 size_t offset); 7323 7324 /** 7325 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7326 * @ies: the IE buffer 7327 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7328 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7329 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7330 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7331 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7332 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7333 * 7334 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7335 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7336 * split. 7337 * 7338 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7339 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7340 * 7341 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7342 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7343 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7344 * 7345 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7346 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7347 * of the buffer should be used. 7348 */ 7349 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7350 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7351 { 7352 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7353 } 7354 7355 /** 7356 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7357 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7358 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7359 * @gfp: allocation flags 7360 * 7361 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7362 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7363 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7364 * else caused the wakeup. 7365 */ 7366 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7367 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7368 gfp_t gfp); 7369 7370 /** 7371 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7372 * 7373 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7374 * @gfp: allocation flags 7375 * 7376 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7377 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7378 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7379 */ 7380 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7381 7382 /** 7383 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7384 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7385 * 7386 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7387 */ 7388 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7389 7390 /** 7391 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7392 * 7393 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7394 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7395 * 7396 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7397 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7398 * the interface combinations. 7399 */ 7400 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7401 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7402 7403 /** 7404 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7405 * 7406 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7407 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7408 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7409 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7410 * 7411 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7412 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7413 * purposes. 7414 */ 7415 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7416 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7417 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7418 void *data), 7419 void *data); 7420 7421 /* 7422 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7423 * 7424 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7425 * @wdev: wireless device 7426 * @gfp: context flags 7427 * 7428 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7429 * disconnected. 7430 * 7431 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7432 */ 7433 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7434 gfp_t gfp); 7435 7436 /** 7437 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7438 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7439 * 7440 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7441 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7442 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7443 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7444 * 7445 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7446 * the driver while the function is running. 7447 */ 7448 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7449 7450 /** 7451 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7452 * 7453 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7454 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7455 * 7456 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7457 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7458 */ 7459 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7460 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7461 { 7462 u8 *ft_byte; 7463 7464 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7465 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7466 } 7467 7468 /** 7469 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7470 * 7471 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7472 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7473 * 7474 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7475 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7476 */ 7477 static inline bool 7478 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7479 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7480 { 7481 u8 ft_byte; 7482 7483 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7484 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7485 } 7486 7487 /** 7488 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7489 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7490 * 7491 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7492 */ 7493 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7494 7495 /** 7496 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7497 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7498 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7499 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7500 * result. 7501 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7502 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7503 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7504 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7505 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7506 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7507 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7508 */ 7509 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7510 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7511 u8 inst_id; 7512 u8 peer_inst_id; 7513 const u8 *addr; 7514 u8 info_len; 7515 const u8 *info; 7516 u64 cookie; 7517 }; 7518 7519 /** 7520 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7521 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7522 * @match: match notification parameters 7523 * @gfp: allocation flags 7524 * 7525 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7526 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7527 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7528 */ 7529 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7530 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7531 7532 /** 7533 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7534 * 7535 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7536 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7537 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7538 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7539 * @gfp: allocation flags 7540 * 7541 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7542 */ 7543 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7544 u8 inst_id, 7545 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7546 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7547 7548 /* ethtool helper */ 7549 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7550 7551 /** 7552 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7553 * @netdev: network device 7554 * @params: External authentication parameters 7555 * @gfp: allocation flags 7556 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7557 */ 7558 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7559 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7560 gfp_t gfp); 7561 7562 /** 7563 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7564 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7565 * @req: the original measurement request 7566 * @result: the result data 7567 * @gfp: allocation flags 7568 */ 7569 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7570 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7571 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7572 gfp_t gfp); 7573 7574 /** 7575 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7576 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7577 * @req: the original measurement request 7578 * @gfp: allocation flags 7579 * 7580 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7581 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7582 */ 7583 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7584 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7585 gfp_t gfp); 7586 7587 /** 7588 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 7589 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7590 * @iftype: interface type 7591 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 7592 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 7593 * 7594 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 7595 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 7596 * check_swif is '1'. 7597 */ 7598 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7599 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 7600 7601 7602 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7603 7604 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7605 7606 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7607 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7608 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7609 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7610 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7611 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7612 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7613 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7614 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7615 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7616 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7617 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7618 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7619 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7620 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7621 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7622 7623 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7624 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7625 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7626 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7627 7628 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7629 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7630 7631 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7632 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7633 7634 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7635 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7636 #else 7637 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7638 ({ \ 7639 if (0) \ 7640 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7641 0; \ 7642 }) 7643 #endif 7644 7645 /* 7646 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7647 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7648 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7649 */ 7650 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7651 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7652 7653 /** 7654 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7655 * @netdev: network device 7656 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7657 * @gfp: allocation flags 7658 */ 7659 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7660 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7661 gfp_t gfp); 7662 7663 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7664